From 1e970c640522a5a8e0e4d818c055a28def1a8383 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: unfoldingWord Date: Wed, 25 Jan 2023 22:39:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Update tn_REV.tsv from master to prepare for book package release Signed-off-by: unfoldingWord --- tn_REV.tsv | 2155 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 1175 insertions(+), 980 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_REV.tsv b/tn_REV.tsv index 75ed27904d..086045ecb7 100644 --- a/tn_REV.tsv +++ b/tn_REV.tsv @@ -1,214 +1,206 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation\n\n**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -1:intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation\n\nI. The Introduction to Revelation\n\nA. The Prologue (1:1-8)\n\n1. The Preface (1:1-3)\n2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)\n3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)\n\nII. John’s Vision of Christ\n\nB. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)\n\n1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)\n2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)\n3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.\n\n### The word “to keep” or “to obey”\n\nThe word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1:1 rkh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1:1 kv41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 # General Information:\n\nThis phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1–20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1–3:22)\n3. Vision of God and the Lamb in heaven (4:1–5:14)\n4. The seven seals (6:1–8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2–13:18)\n6. Worship of the Lamb and judgment against Babylon (14:1–20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1–18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1–10)\n9. The destruction of the beast (19:11–21)\n10. The thousand years, destruction of Satan, and final judgment (20:1–15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1–22:5)\n11. Closing (22:6–21)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identifies himself as John. Many interpreters believe that this means he was the apostle John. However, other interpreters believe this was a different man named John, a prophet who had a ministry among the seven churches described in chapters 2 and 3. In either case, this man wrote the book while on the island of Patmos. The Romans had exiled him there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What type of writing is the book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature, and a book written in this style is called an apocalypse.\n\nNo other book of the Bible is written entirely in apocalyptic style like the book of Revelation. However, some passages in the books of Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since those two books have a similar style and some shared imagery. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, such as “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a different title such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What is the book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when suffering persecution. In the book, John describes visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In these visions, God causes many terrible things to happen on earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. Those believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### Does one need to understand the book of Revelation in order to translate it?\n\nThe book provides the reader with some idea of how to understand its symbols by interpreting a few of them at the beginning (1:20) and near the end (19:8). But one does not need to understand all of the symbols in the book of Revelation in order to translate it properly. Translators should not suggest possible meanings for the symbols in their translations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his lifetime. Other scholars think John described events that happened throughout history, from his time until the return of Jesus. Still other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators do not need to decide about the time reference of the visions in this book in order to translate it, and they should be careful not to let their own beliefs influence how they translate. They should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Angels\n\nPeople in this culture recognized that God uses created spirits called angels to carry out his purposes. In the book of Revelation, John describes seeing visions of angels announcing and executing God’s judgments. +1:intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\n- Prologue (1:1-8)\n\n Preface (1:1-3)\n Address and Doxology (1:4-6)\n Theme (1:7-8)\n\n- John’s Vision of Christ (1:9-20)\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the words quoted in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in the Roman province of Asia, which was located in the western part of what is now the country of Turkey. +1:1 rkh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἣν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ, which” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ, which” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1:1 kv41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This phrase could mean: (1) that this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “The revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) that this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “The revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1:1 ik5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” -1:1 kez4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐσήμανεν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to **Jesus Christ** and **it** refers to the **revelation**. If this is not clear to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus communicated that revelation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1:1 kez4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐσήμανεν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to **Jesus Christ** and **it** refers to the **revelation**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus communicated that revelation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:1 kz6m ἀποστείλας διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “by sending his angel to reveal it” -1:1 hz2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωάννῃ 1 **John** is the name of a man who was Jesus’ disciple and one of the original twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1:1 pb4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 The Apostle **John** is referring to himself in the third person here. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -1:2 tgts rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 The subject of this sentence is the author John. If this might confuse your readers, you could start a new sentence here and say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John testified” or “I, John, testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -1:2 va4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, John uses **word** figuratively to refer to the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the message that God spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1:1 hz2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωάννῃ 1 The word **John** is the name of a man. See the General Introduction to Revelation for a discussion of who this man may have been. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +1:1 pb4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 **John** is referring to himself in the third person here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1:2 tgts rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 The pronoun **who** refers to John, the author of this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “John testified” or “I, John, testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1:2 va4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, John uses **word** figuratively to refer to the message that God spoke by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:2 wb7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what Jesus Christ testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1:2 b5se rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus Christ** gave to him. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus Christ has given to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1:3 le65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads**the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -1:3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to this whole book that John is writing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of this book of prophecy” +1:2 b5se rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 John is using a possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus Christ** gave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus Christ gave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1:3 le65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who reads the words of the prophecy **aloud**, that is, in public. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1:3 t0q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to this whole book that John is writing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of this book of prophecy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:3 h37b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1:3 dod2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηροῦντες 1 Here, the word **keep** means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word **keep** as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. See the chapter one introduction as well for the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who take to heart” or “who continually considers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1:3 dwt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 Here, **the time** refers specifically to the appointed time when God will make the prophecies in this book come true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for the fulfillment of what is written in this book is near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:3 myem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 Here, John speaks figuratively of **time** as if it could be **near** something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time will be soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:4 vw1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Ἰωάννης 1 # General Information:\n\nIn this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or “From John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -1:4 apl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are members of the seven churches that are in Asia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -1:4 y9yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) -1:4 lsun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1:4 unul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 These three phrases all refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God who is, and who was, and who is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:4 qsu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, the phrase **who is coming** could refer to: (1) the future tense, to complete the idea that God exists in the past, present, and future. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. Alternate translation: “who will be” or “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. -1:4 x38p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) The Spirit of God that is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -1:5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” -1:5 gz2n ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -1:5 l3h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The phrase probably alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life to never die again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1:5 j1xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῶν νεκρῶν 1 The word **dead** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from those who are dead” or “from those who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -1:5 gqw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -1:5 ttqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς 1 A new sentence begins here that continues through the rest of the next verse. This sentence praises Jesus Christ. If it is helpful for your readers, you may want to state the main verb here at the beginning of the sentence and then repeat it again in the next verse. You may also want to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences. Alternate translation: “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always because he loves us” or “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always. He is the one who loves us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -1:5 tqfs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τῷ 1 Here, **the one** refers to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear to your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To Jesus Christ, who loves us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -1:5 u6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 Here John uses **released** figuratively of forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1:3 dod2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηροῦντες 1 See the discussion of the term “keep” in the General Introduction to Revelation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this expression plainly here and elsewhere throughout the book. Alternate translation: “obeying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1:3 dwt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 Here, **the time** refers specifically to the appointed time when God will make the prophecies in this book come true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for the fulfillment of what is written in this book is near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1:3 myem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 Here, John speaks figuratively of **time** as if it could be **near** something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time will be soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1:4 vw1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Ἰωάννης 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or “From John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1:4 apl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are members of the seven churches in Asia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1:4 y9yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May the one who is and who was and who is coming and the seven spirits who are before his throne give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) +1:4 lsun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “May the one who is and who was and who is coming and the seven spirits who are before his throne treat you kindly and make you peaceful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1:4 unul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 These three phrases all refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is and who was and who is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1:4 qsu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, the phrase **who is coming** could refer to: (1) God’s future existence, to complete the idea that God exists in the past, present, and future. In other words, John may be using **is coming** figuratively to mean that God will exist in the future. Alternate translation: “who will be” or “who will still exist in the future” (2) the actual act of coming, when God will come to judge all of the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “who will come to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1:4 x38p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) the Spirit of God, that is, the Holy Spirit, who is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit” (2) seven individual spirits who serve God and who also might be the “seven angels” whom John describes in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +1:5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace and peace also be to you from Jesus Christ” +1:5 gz2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός, ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title that describes Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../psa/089/037.md). The other titles that describe Jesus Christ in this verse also come from Psalm 89, **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate that these titles are Old Testament quotations by putting them in quotation marks or by indenting them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1:5 l3h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 John is speaking as if Jesus was “born” when he became alive again after he died. Since Jesus was the first person to do this, John says that he is the **firstborn**. This phrase probably alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../psa/89/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first person to become alive again after dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1:5 j1xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 John is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +1:5 ttqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 1 A new sentence begins here that continues through the rest of the next verse. This sentence praises Jesus. To make this clear for your readers, you could create a verse bridge for verses 5–6 and begin with John’s wish that Jesus receive glory and power. A verse bridge might say something like this: “May the glory and the power forever be to Jesus because he is the one who loves us and who has released us from our sins by his blood and who has made us a kingdom, priests for his God and Father. Amen.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) +1:5 tqfs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **the one** refers to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear to your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To Jesus Christ, who loves us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1:5 u6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 Here John uses the word **released** figuratively to mean forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “having forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:5 rvmr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν 1 The words **us** and **our** here include both John and his readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -1:5 jpnq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John uses **sins** figuratively to refer to the punishment for **sins**. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1:5 q64f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1:5 jpnq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John uses **sins** figuratively to refer to the punishment for **sins**. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1:5 q64f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:6 nhfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the unity that believers have as they belong to each other and to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of **kingdom** here explicitly. Alternate translation: “a group that belongs to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:6 iq7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, the word **priests** functions as a metaphor for people who live to serve God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who work” or “people who live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:6 nesy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **glory** or **power**, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, **power** refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus always and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus always and may he reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1:6 nesy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for **glory** or **power**, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, **power** refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus and may he reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1:6 ne7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the words **God** and **Father** refer to one person, not two. This is God the Father who exists with the Son and the Holy Spirit as God. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” or “for God, who is the Father of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -1:7 ldv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 # General Information:\n\nThe clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -1:7 mx1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1:6 r456 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ἀμήν 1 See the discussion in the General Introduction to Revelation about how to represent the word **Amen** in your translation, here and in its other occurrences throughout the book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +1:7 ldv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +1:7 mx1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 As the General Introduction to Revelation discusses, here John is using the term **Behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation, in this instance and throughout the book. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:7 bbqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -1:7 isa6 ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 This phrase probably refers to [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. -1:7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds” -1:7 nxqe ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../../Zech/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. -1:7 hb4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1:7 ndf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross and a soldier **pierced** his side with a spear. Here **those who pierced him** refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced and killed him” or “even those who stabbed him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1:7 ewtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1:7 isa6 ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 This phrase probably refers to [Daniel 7:13](../dan/07/13.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. +1:7 k0qo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Jesus went into **the clouds** when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also come **with the clouds**. It is not clear whether this means implicitly that he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or **with the clouds** in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he approaches on the clouds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1:7 nxqe ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../zec/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. +1:7 hb4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would not be natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1:7 ndf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross and a soldier **pierced** his side with a spear. Here **those who pierced him** refers to the people who killed him. If this would not be natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced and killed him” or “even those who stabbed him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1:7 ewtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would not be natural in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1:7 s0rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1:8 c96p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that come before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “The Lord God says, ‘I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -1:8 ufix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. Comparing God to these letters means that he is the first and the last of all things. If it would be helpful in your language, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” or “the one who began and will end all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1:8 c96p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that come before and after this phrase are quotations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “The Lord God says, ‘I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1:8 ufix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. Comparing God to these letters means that he is the first and the last of all things. If it would be helpful in your language, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” or “the one who began and will end all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:8 l1ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here the phrase **the alpha and the omega** refers to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. The Greek alphabet represents time, and referring to the beginning and ending letters includes all of those in between. In other words, these letters represent all of time. Therefore, the idea here is that God always exists. The second part of the verse says this plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1:8 t0ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -1:8 in5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 See how you translated the phrase **who is coming** in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:8 c1ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 God is using the adjective **Almighty** as a noun in order to describe who he is. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the one who is Almighty” or “the Almighty One” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -1:9 qyu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -1:9 mg1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brother of you believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +1:8 in5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 See how you translated the phrase **who is coming** in [1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1:9 mg1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brother of you believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 1:9 y5gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 John is using the term **brother** to mean that he shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:9 ikek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **suffering**, **kingdom**, and **endurance**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “someone who is patiently enduring while suffering just as you are because we belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1:9 o6k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 Here John pictures **Jesus** as containing the **suffering**, **kingdom**, and **patient endurance** that everyone who believes in him experiences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “that we all experience because we believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:9 c1a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the message from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1:9 sim8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1:9 c1a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the message from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1:9 sim8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using a possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1:10 s2sw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1:10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in honor of the Lord’s resurrection. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Sunday, the Lord’s day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:10 fa68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +1:10 lnj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to the first day of the week, which was the day when believers gathered to worship together in honor of the Lord’s resurrection. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, using the term in your language for the first day of the week. Alternate translation: “Sunday, the Lord’s day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1:10 fa68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 1:10 ggph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** refers to a person speaking loudly, who is later revealed to be Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a sound of someone speaking loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:10 fu9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 A **trumpet** was an instrument for making a loud sound that, in John’s time, was probably made of metal. If you do not have trumpets in your culture, use a word in your language for a loud instrument. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1:11 y4ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the voice of the previous verse said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “That voice said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -1:11 kq6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἔφεσον & Σμύρναν & Πέργαμον & Θυάτειρα & Σάρδεις & Φιλαδέλφιαν & Λαοδίκιαν 1 These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1:12 r89l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1:12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven poles that each hold one or more oil lamps at the top. These seven lamp holders are made of gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, so it may be that these seven churches represent Christ’s church as a whole, that is, all believers. Alternate translation: “seven golden stands holding oil lamps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -1:13 xmx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same phrase from [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -1:13 y6qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one had the appearance of gold and may have been woven from golden threads. A **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1:14 hqz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες 1 Here, the phrase **head and hair** refers to the hair that is on the head. It does not mean that the skin of the head was white. Alternate translation: “the hair on his head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +1:11 y4ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the voice of the previous verse said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “That voice said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1:11 kq6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἔφεσον & Σμύρναν & Πέργαμον & Θυάτειρα & Σάρδεις & Φιλαδέλφιαν & Λαοδίκιαν 1 These are the names of cities in the Roman province of Asia. They would be found in the southwestern area of Turkey today. The list begins with Ephesus, the most important city at the time, and it moves clockwise around the cities, ending with Laodicea, the southernmost city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +1:12 r89l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1:12 flem rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven poles that each hold one or more oil lamps at the top. These seven lamp holders are made of gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, so it may be that these seven churches represent Christ’s church as a whole, that is, all believers. Alternate translation: “seven golden stands holding oil lamps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +1:13 xmx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure. It recalls the same phrase from [Daniel 7:13](../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure who resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +1:13 y6qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one had the appearance of gold and may have been woven from golden threads. A **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist. Alternate translation: “a golden strap” or “a golden band” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1:14 hqz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ἡ & κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες 1 Here, the phrase **head and hair** refers to the hair that is on the head. It does not mean that the skin of the head was white. Alternate translation: “the hair on his head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) 1:14 mg7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses repetition here in order to emphasize how white the hair was. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “extremely white like wool or snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1:14 j9w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John is comparing the **hair** to **wool** and **snow** because those things are both very white. If your readers would not be familiar with those things, you could use the name of something in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white as egret feathers” or “white as cotton” or “very, very white” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1:14 vp4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 It may be that the phrase **flame of fire** repeats information in a way that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can say it in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “his eyes blazed like fire” or “his eyes were glowing like flames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) -1:15 u551 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +1:15 u551 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light as polished bronze does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 1:15 qbno rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 John refers here to **polished bronze**. If your readers would not be familiar with that metal, you could use a more general comparison or an expression without a comparison. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished metal” or “his feet were shining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1:15 d6je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -1:15 izg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was very loud and powerful. The image could be that of a loud waterfall or loud ocean waves or a loud downpour of rain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +1:15 d6je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 Here, the word **furnace** describes a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal such as **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) +1:15 izg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was very loud and powerful. The image could be that of a loud waterfall or of rushing floodwaters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “his voice was very loud, like the sound of rushing waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 1:16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **having** continues from verse [1:13](../01/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence here and repeat the subject. Alternate translation: “This one like a son of man had” or “He had” -1:16 pp58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 Here, the imagery of the **sword** protruding from Christ’s mouth is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word, especially God’s word, as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things, as in Ephesians 6:17 and Hebrews 4:12. The symbolism may have been inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. The translator may wish to include some of this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the blade of a sharp sword that cuts on both sides protruding from his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -1:16 cb26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** compares the face of Jesus Christ to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Use a natural expression in your language for this. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the sun at mid-day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -1:17 vz4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -1:17 jw5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -1:17 uc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus because he is God. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1:18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** also refers to the eternal nature of Jesus as God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: “the living one” (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: “the one who gives life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:18 cc7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “know this” or “you must understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:18 a4e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1:16 pp58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 Here, the imagery of the **sword** protruding from Christ’s mouth is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word, especially God’s word, as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things, as in Ephesians 6:17 and Hebrews 4:12. The symbolism may have been inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. The translator may wish to include some of this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the blade of a sharp sword that cuts on both sides protruding from his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +1:16 cb26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** compares the face of Jesus Christ to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Use a natural expression in your language for this. Alternate translation: “shining as brightly as the noonday sun” or “shining as brightly as the sun at mid-day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +1:17 jw5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the phrase ** he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture that expresses comfort and assurance for a person who is need of encouragement in the moment of fear. **Do not be afraid** is an accompanying verball expression that indicates the significance of this symbolic action. Alternate translation: “and he touched me encouragingly with his right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +1:17 uc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus because he is God. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [1:8](../01/08.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one who existed before everything and who will exist after everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +1:18 zm05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one living** also refers to the eternal nature of Jesus as God. It could refer to: (1) Jesus possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: “the eternal one” (2) Jesus being the source of life. Alternate translation: “the one who gives life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1:18 a4e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 Jesus speaks of **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:18 pgql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:18 acrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 The word **Hades** is the Greek name for the place where the spirits of dead people go. Many Bible translations just use this word as it is, and others translate it, using a word for the place of the dead in their language. The words **death** and **Hades** mean almost the same thing. Through **death** a person enters **Hades**. Alternate translation: “to release people from death, that is, from Hades” or “to free people from death and from the grave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -1:19 eupc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen, both the things that are and what must happen after these things** refers to the things that Jesus is showing to John throughout this book. These clauses could indicate (1) events in two time periods, present and future. In this case, the tense of **have seen** is from the perspective of John when he is writing. He cannot write something until he has seen it. Alternate translation: “what you see, that is, the things that exist now, and what must happen afterwards” or (2) events in three time periods, past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “what you have seen, what is, and what must happen afterwards” -1:20 ytmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of the vision of the **seven stars**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1:19 eupc ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen, both the things that are and what must happen after these things** refers to the things that Jesus is showing to John throughout this book. These clauses could indicate (1) events in two time periods, present and future. In this case, the tense of **have seen** is from the perspective of John when he is writing. He cannot write something until he has seen it. Alternate translation: “what you see, that is, the things that exist now, and what must happen afterwards” or (2) events in three time periods, past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “what you have seen, what is, and what must happen afterwards” 1:20 ttic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων, οὓς εἶδες ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς μου, καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ λυχνίας τὰς χρυσᾶς 1 This sentence leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “I will explain the mystery of the seven stars that you saw in my right hand, and the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1:20 fl5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -1:20 eek9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be human representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should use a word here that can allow for both interpretations, if possible. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -2:intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -2:1 mn8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2:1 kq5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1:20 eek9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be human representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [1:11](../01/11.md). The translator should use a word here that can allow for both interpretations, if possible. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2:intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n- The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\n- The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\n- The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\n- The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nYou may wish to set each letter apart so that your readers can easily see that these are separate letters. You could, for example, put a blank line between these letters in your translation.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the words in verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nAt times, Jesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity with and knowledge of some of the seven churches. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced in these churches. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus makes (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus. The phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions of the Christians whom Jesus addresses. Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second-person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second-person verbs and pronouns in the letters to the seven churches are often singular in number, but they are plural in reference. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches is addressed to an individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references. However, these verbs and pronouns are plural in their implied references to the believers in the churches Jesus is addressing. If the singular form would not be natural in your language in such a context, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nIn two of these letters, Jesus refers to people whose stories are told in the Old Testament: Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel. These were all people who tried to harm the Israelites by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n### Nicolaitans\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** represents the willingness to understand and obey, by association with the part of the body by which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. In your translation, you may use a phrase such as, “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen,” or, “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. In your translation, you may use a phrase such as, “If you are willing to listen, then listen,” or, “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, that is, the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the author as in [1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter to the seven churches.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “the angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to a messenger or a representative leader of the church. You should translate **angel** in the introduction to these letters the same way you translated it in [1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n### “The one … says these things”\n\nJesus uses these words to introduce his messages to the churches. He is speaking of himself as if he were speaking of another person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person in your translation. For example, in 2:1, “I, Jesus, who hold the seven stars in my right hand and walk in the midst of the seven golden lampstands, say these things.”\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** occurs at the end of each of the seven letters. It also occurs in 12:11 and 21:7. It refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. In the original context of the letter, it seems to refer especially to those who refuse to worship idols, even at the risk of persecution and death. This expression compares the Christian life to a military battle in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil. In your translation, you may wish to use an expression such as “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to people in general or to a group of people. If the generic noun phrase would not be natural in your language, you could use an indefinite expression or a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who wins the victory” or “those who win the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +2:1 mn8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἐφέσῳ 1 Ephesus +2:1 kq5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [1:20](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:1 mz7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -2:1 q1ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -2:1 ugs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -2:2 mm3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδα 1 For the expression **I know** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:1,8,15), please see the explanatory note for **I know** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:2 jg1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸν κόπον 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **labor**, you can express it with the verb “to work”. Alternate translation: “that you laboured very hard” or “that you worked very hard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2:2 iwe7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὑπομονήν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **endurance**, you can express it with the verb “endure.” Alternate translation: “that you patiently suffered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2:2 l6mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd τὰ ἔργα σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς; καὶ ἐπείρασας τοὺς λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel** (see the previous verse), so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -2:2 sxbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κακούς 1 Here, **evil people** translates directly an adjective in the Greek that signifies simply “wicked” or **evil**. Thus, the translator must supply a noun that the adjective is describing through an assumed implication. The natural assumption for the noun to be supplied would be human individuals who were people in the surrounding community of those being addressed here. Alternate translation: “wayward people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +2:1 q1ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +2:1 ugs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +2:2 mm3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδα 1 For the expression **I know** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:1,8,15), please see the explanatory note for **I know** in the chapter 2 introduction. Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:2 jg1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸν κόπον 1 If your language would not use an abstract noun for the idea of **labor**, you can express it with the verb “to work.” Alternate translation: “that you have laboured very hard” or “that you have worked very hard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2:2 iwe7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὑπομονήν 1 If your language would not use an abstract noun for the idea of **endurance**, you can express it with the verb “endure.” Alternate translation: “that you have patiently endured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2:2 l6mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd τὰ ἔργα σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς; καὶ ἐπείρασας τοὺς λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the use of the second-person singular to refer to a plural group of people. It may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of second-person pronouns and verbs in a context such as this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +2:2 sxbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κακούς 1 Here, **evil ones** translates directly an adjective in the Greek that signifies simply “wicked” or **evil**. Thus, the translator must supply a noun that the adjective is describing through an assumed implication. The natural assumption for the noun to be supplied would be human individuals who were people in the surrounding community of those being addressed here. Alternate translation: “evil people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 2:2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 Here, **you have found them** indicates the literal translation of the Greek. However, the sense of **found** is something like “to understand” or simply to come to the knowledge about a certain reality. The understood reality is actually the falsehood of the claim of certain people to be apostles. Alternate translation: “you have recognized those people to be false apostles” -2:3 nn01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and you have patient endurance** implies a missing affirmation of **I know** from the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “I realize that you have patient endurance” or “I recognize that you have patient endurance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2:3 nn01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and you have patient endurance** implies a missing affirmation of **I know** from the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “I realize that you have patient endurance” or “I recognize that you have patient endurance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2:3 muq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2:3 j46d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2:3 mg3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -2:4 j7gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: “I have something against you” or “there is something about you that I disapprove of”. Jesus is leaving out a word in the idiomatic expression that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because” or “I have a criticism to make of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2:4 j7gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: “I have something against you” or “there is something about you that I disapprove of.” Jesus is leaving out a word in the idiomatic expression that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because” or “I have a criticism to make of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2:4 kx98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:5 sfw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of “how far you have fallen from your original location”. Here, “falling” from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you once loved me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:5 sfw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of “how far you have fallen from your original location.” Here, “falling” from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you once loved me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2:5 cd8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2:5 hlyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:5 j8p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -2:6 g8gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:5 j8p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +2:6 g8gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2:6 cvi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2:7 s3qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2:7 s3qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body by which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2:7 tidg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2:7 zln0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:7 zln0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2:7 wzg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:7 t84w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -2:7 ng2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -2:7 rmf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -2:8 is3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2:8 ie9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:8 nvn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -2:8 huo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς καὶ ἔζησεν 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person here. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the first and the last and I am the one who became dead but came to life again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2:8 k7qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -2:8 t5l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς καὶ ἔζησεν 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md), such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: “who became dead but lived again” or “who became dead but returned back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -2:9 s6ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου 1 See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -2:9 p6hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν θλῖψιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **affliction**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2:9 ch4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν πτωχείαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **poverty**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how poor you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2:7 t84w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would not be natural in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +2:7 ng2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using a possessive form to characterize this **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls the reference in Genesis 3:22 to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2:7 rmf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the eternal home that God has provided” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +2:8 is3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +2:8 ie9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [1:20](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2:8 nvn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +2:8 huo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς καὶ ἔζησεν 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the first and the last and I am the one who became dead but came to life again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +2:8 k7qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +2:8 t5l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς καὶ ἔζησεν 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [1:18](../01/18.md). However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and [1:18](../01/18.md), such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: “who became dead but lived again” or “who became dead but returned back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +2:9 s6ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου 1 See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +2:9 p6hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν θλῖψιν 1 If your language would not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “I know how you have been afflicted” or “I know how people have afflicted you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2:9 ch4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν πτωχείαν 1 If your language would not use an abstract noun for the idea of **poverty**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how poor you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2:9 lhuk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ πλούσιος εἶ 1 Here, **rich** is a metaphor for the spiritual condition of the Christians in Smyrna. The Christians in Smyrna were physically poor because they did not have much money. However, they were spiritually rich because God would reward them for their suffering in the future. Thus, the metaphor uses the language of physical money to describe the spiritual condition of Smyrna’s Christians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:9 f6bp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2:9 f6bp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 If your language would not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2:9 qf9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 Here, **but they are not** is irony in the sense of the fact that Jesus does not intend to say that the people are not literal Jews. Jesus actually means that these people are indeed Jews, although they do not behave in a manner that agrees with their ethnic identification. Jews should behave as if they were God’s people, but these people mentioned here do not act as if they were actually God’s chosen race. Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -2:9 a4yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Here, **a synagogue of Satan** is a metaphor describing Jewish people in Smyrna that were slandering the Christians in the local church. The metaphor uses the imagery of the word **synagogue** as a place to gather together Jews for both worship and for learning. However, the Jews described in this verse gather together to slander the Christians of Smyrna. Therefore, these Jews actually gather and serve **Satan** as a **synagogue** in a certain sense. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:9 hv3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Here, **a synagogue of Satan** signifies a synagogue that serves Satan in some metaphorical sense (see previous note). The phrase uses the possessive form to describe the fact that the synagogue of Jews serves Satan. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a synagogue that follows Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -2:10 a9ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:9 a4yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Here, **a synagogue of Satan** is a metaphor describing the Jewish people in Smyrna who were slandering the Christians in the local church. The metaphor uses the imagery of the **synagogue**, which was a place where Jews gathered together for both worship and for learning. However, the Jews described in this verse gather together to slander the Christians of Smyrna. Therefore, these Jews actually gather and serve **Satan** as a **synagogue** in a certain sense. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:9 hv3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Here, **a synagogue of Satan** signifies a synagogue that serves Satan in some metaphorical sense (see previous note). The phrase uses the possessive form to describe the fact that the synagogue of Jews serves Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a synagogue that follows Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2:10 r472 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν, ἵνα πειρασθῆτε 1 People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them. John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. Alternate translation: “People under the devil’s influence are about to throw some of you into prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2:10 agx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν, ἵνα πειρασθῆτε 1 Here, **to throw** is a idiomatic expression for putting someone into prison or jail. The enemies of the Christians will test them, not God himself. Translators should avoid making the impression to their readers that God is in league with Satan as an author of evil or temptation. Alternate translation: “the devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:10 tlvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated the second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -2:10 snk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡμερῶν δέκα 1 Here, **ten days** is probably metaphorical for a short time or limited amount of time for testing. Daniel 1:14 is most likely the source of the expression for a short time of testing. The translator should not avoid, however, rendering the time as a literal length of time of ten days, in contrast to some unspecified amount of time in a metaphorical expression. Alternate translation: “for a short time of testing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:10 f5t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 The use of the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death. Rather, the idea is to be faithful even to the point of death. Alternate translation: “Be faithful to me even if they kill you” -2:10 zhj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -2:11 g7zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2:11 dc3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2:11 y88p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:11 s9d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +2:10 tlvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated the second person pronouns and references in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +2:10 snk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡμερῶν δέκα 1 As the General Introduction to Revelation discusses, time references in the book such as this one may have symbolic significance. In this case, **ten days** may represent a short or limited amount of time for testing. If so, this would be an allusion to [Daniel 1:14](../dan/01/14.md). However, as discussed, it would be appropriate to translate this as a reference to a specific period of time, rather than offering an interpretation of the phrase as indicating something such as “for a short time of testing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:10 f5t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 The use of the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death. Rather, the idea is to be faithful even to the point of death. Alternate translation: “Be faithful to me even if they kill you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:10 zhj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using a possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2:11 g7zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2:11 dc3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +2:11 y88p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:11 s9d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” or “All who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 2:11 q6w2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 Here, the clause **will certainly not be hurt** is a euphemism for experiencing the second death in actuality. The literal meaning of the clause gives the sense of mistreating or injuring someone. However, in this case, the euphemism represents the greater danger of a second, spiritual death (see next note). Alternate translation: “will not experience the second death” or “will not die the second death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +2:11 r457 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 As the General Introduction to Revelation discusses, John frequently uses a double negative for emphasis that the ULT translates with the expression “certainly not,” as in this case. The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here and in similar places throughout the book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2:11 ayw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 Here, **by the second death** is a metaphor that describes the spiritual or eternal transition from normal life that occurs after the first natural death that people suffer at the end of life. The phrase **second death** is further described and defined in Revelation 20:6,14: 21:8. The translator should translate the phrase **the second death** literally and also give an explanatory note with references to Revelation 20:6,14; 21:8. Alternate translation: “by the eternal death” or “by the spiritual death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:12 ll17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Pergamum**. **Pergamum** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2:12 il7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:12 kf91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -2:12 f6s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν 1 See how you translated this type of **sword** and its imagery in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -2:13 ltx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδα ποῦ κατοικεῖς 1 Here, **I know where you live** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present condition and difficult circumstances that the Christians in Pergamum were experiencing at that time. The idiomatic expression indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current problems and difficult conditions of the people which he addresses here. Jesus not only expresses knowledge of the city of Pergamum as a location or place, but he also expresses his familiarity with the religious, social, and moral conditions which the Christians experienced while living in Pergamum. See the explanatory note for **I know** in the chapter two introduction contents. Alternate translation: “I know where you dwell” or “I know where you have your home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:13 ryn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Here, **the throne of Satan** means the place that “Satan controls and gives power to his throne”. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the place where Satan has power and control with a reference to a throne for describing the rule of Satan as a metonym. There is most likely a local reference to a giant altar to the god Zeus that existed in Pergamum at this time. Alternate translation: “where Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -2:13 fxzt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **you hold tightly to my name** is a idiomatic expression meaning to firmly believe in the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you firmly believe in my name” or “you have a strong faith in my name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:13 tf7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus. See how you translated the phrase **my name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you hold tightly to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2:13 x6j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἠρνήσω τὴν πίστιν μου 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you can express it positively with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “you continued to tell people that you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2:13 da1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν πίστιν μου 1 Here, **{your} faith in me** means “your faith that places trust in me.” Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the faith that the Christians had in Jesus as the object of their belief. Alternate translation: “your belief in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -2:13 lu4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀντιπᾶς 1 **Antipas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2:13 phzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ μάρτυς μου ὁ πιστός μου 1 Here, **my witness, my faithful one** means that Antipas “faithfully testified of me.” Jesus is using the possessive form to describe Antipas as a faithful witness to Jesus himself. Antipas faithfully witnessed about Jesus even up to the point of death so that one can simply call Antipas a “martyr.” Alternate translation: “my faithful martyr” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -2:13 xgge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς ἀπεκτάνθη 1 Here, **who was killed** can be changed from the awkward passive form in some languages. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom those in your city killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2:13 biue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd παρ’ ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -2:13 v5lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅπου ὁ Σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ 1 Here, **where Satan lives** is an idiomatic expression that basically means where Satan rules. For this idiom and metaphorical imagery to describe Satan’s rule in Pergamum, see the note above for the phrase **the throne of Satan** in this same verse here. Alternate translation: “where Satan has power” or “where Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:14 wu6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md), although in this case there is no actual ellipsis technically speaking with the presence of the object **a few things**. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because of a few things you have done” or “I am angry with you because of a few things you did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2:14 rd44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ 1 Here, **hold tightly** is an idiomatic expression for either: (1) people who teach what **Balaam** taught. (2) people who do what **Balaam** taught. The second option seems preferable in this context for the metaphor, as seen in the UST rendition. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression in the target language. Alternate translation: “some who do the teaching of Balaam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:12 ll17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Pergamum**. **Pergamum** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, that existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +2:12 il7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [1:20](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2:12 kf91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +2:12 f6s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν 1 See how you translated this type of **sword** and its imagery in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +2:13 ltx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδα ποῦ κατοικεῖς 1 Here, **I know where you live** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present condition and difficult circumstances that the Christians in Pergamum were experiencing at that time. The idiomatic expression indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current problems and difficult conditions of the people whom he addresses here. Jesus not only expresses knowledge of the city of Pergamum as a location or place, but he also expresses his familiarity with the religious, social, and moral conditions that the Christians experienced while living in Pergamum. See the explanatory note for **I know** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “I know where you dwell” or “I know where you have your home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:13 ryn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Here, **the throne of Satan** means the place that Satan controls. Jesus is using a possessive form to describe the place where Satan has power and control with a reference to a throne for describing the rule of Satan as a metonym. There is most likely a local reference to a giant altar to the god Zeus that existed in Pergamum at this time. Alternate translation: “where Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2:13 fxzt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **you hold tightly to my name** is a idiomatic expression meaning to believe firmly in the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you firmly believe in my name” or “you have a strong faith in my name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:13 tf7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus. See how you translated the phrase **my name** in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you hold tightly to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2:13 x6j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἠρνήσω τὴν πίστιν μου 1 If your language would not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express it positively with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “you continued to tell people that you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2:13 da1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν πίστιν μου 1 Here, **your faith in me** means “your faith that places trust in me.” Jesus is using a possessive form to describe the faith that the Christians had in Jesus as the object of their belief. Alternate translation: “your belief in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2:13 lu4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀντιπᾶς 1 The word **Antipas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +2:13 phzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ μάρτυς μου ὁ πιστός μου 1 Here, **my witness, my faithful one** means that Antipas “faithfully testified of me.” Jesus is using a possessive form to describe Antipas as a faithful witness to Jesus himself. Antipas faithfully witnessed about Jesus even up to the point of death so that one can simply call Antipas a “martyr.” Alternate translation: “my faithful martyr” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2:13 xgge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς ἀπεκτάνθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom those in your city killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2:13 biue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd παρ’ ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +2:13 v5lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅπου ὁ Σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ 1 Here, **where Satan lives** is an idiomatic expression that basically means where Satan rules. For this idiom and metaphorical imagery to describe Satan’s rule in Pergamum, see the note above for the phrase **the throne of Satan** in this same verse. Alternate translation: “where Satan has power” or “where Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:14 wu6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md), although in this case there is no actual ellipsis technically speaking with the presence of the object **a few things**. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because of a few things you have done” or “I am angry with you because of a few things you did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2:14 rd44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ 1 Here, **hold tightly** is an idiomatic expression for either: (1) people who teach what **Balaam** taught. (2) people who do what **Balaam** taught. The second option seems preferable in this context for the metaphor, as seen in the UST rendition. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression in the target language. Alternate translation: “some who do the teaching of Balaam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2:14 j3nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τῷ Βαλὰκ 1 **Balak** was the name of a king in the Old Testament (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2:14 hg4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον 1 Here, **to throw a stumbling block** is a metaphor for the act of leading and, thereby, causing people to sin. Therefore, this expression speaks of an action or behavior that leads people to sin as if it were a stone that sits in a road over which people stumble. The Greek word for **stumbling block** also can mean the trigger peg in an animal trap so that the phrase expresses the idea of setting a trap. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression in the target language. Alternate translation: “to set a trap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:14 hg4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον 1 Here, **to throw a stumbling block** is a metaphor for the act of leading and, thereby, causing people to sin. Therefore, this expression speaks of an action or behavior that leads people to sin as if it were a stone that sits in a road over which people stumble. The Greek word for **stumbling block** also can mean the trigger peg in an animal trap so that the phrase expresses the idea of setting a trap. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression in the target language. Alternate translation: “to set a trap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2:14 mu6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **food sacrificed to idols**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is sacrificed rather than the person who does the sacrificing. If you must state who does the sacrificing, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2:14 rvjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα 1 Here, **to eat food sacrificed to idols** speaks of eating food dedicated to a pagan god so that Jews considered the food to be unclean and, thus, forbidden to eat. The phrase **food sacrificed to idols** describes animals that are slaughtered, offered to a god, and then eaten. If your language has a specific word or phrase for meat from an animal that has been offered to a god, you could use it here. If your language does not have such a word, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 2:14 u19f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πορνεῦσαι 1 Here, **to be sexually immoral** literally means immoral sexual activity. Yet, often people take the expression as a metaphor that signifies idolatry. If the expression is indeed a metaphor, then one should translate the word literally. However, if this might confuse the readers, one could use an equivalent expression in the target language, one could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to sin sexually” or “to commit sexual sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2:15 jmzp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν 1 See how you the phrase **holding tightly to the teaching** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “doing the teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:15 hc85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Νικολαϊτῶν 1 See how you translated **Nicolaitans** in [Revelation 2:6](../02/06.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2:16 f8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ μή 1 If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can supply the verb from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “If you do not repent, I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2:16 qict rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί 1 See how you translate this word in [Revelation 2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:16 fd6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πολεμήσω 1 Here, **will wage war** expresses a metaphor for judgment that utilizes the imagery of a sword coming from the mouth of Jesus. The translator may wish to maintain a fairly literal rendition in order to allow the metaphor to work with the sword imagery in this verse and from the prior verses of [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Alternate translation: “I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:16 j52q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 This refers to the **sword** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol which represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -2:17 lm1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2:17 m867 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2:17 unnj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:17 i61b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -2:17 ngjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **hidden manna**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2:17 yeqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ψῆφον λευκήν 1 Here, **a white stone** could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a white stone**. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render **a white stone** in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies first in the original context here (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -2:17 l59r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον 1 Here, **a new name written** could mean the name of Jesus, the name of God, or else, more likely, the new name of the person who conquers. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a new name written**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **written**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is written rather than the person who does the writing. If you must state who does the writing, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “a new name that I wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2:18 b83m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Θυατείροις ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Thyatira**. **Thyatira** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2:18 nd4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:18 j3xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -2:18 q3w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -2:18 zbx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ὡς φλόγα πυρός 1 Here, Jesus has **eyes** that are full of light so that they resemble **a flame of fire**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “whose eyes glow like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -2:18 p86i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 People create objects of **bronze** and have them **polished** in order to make them shine and reflect light. Likewise, the feet of Jesus shine and reflect light like **polished bronze**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “whose feet are very shiny like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -2:19 oum6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:19 vj80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου τὰ ἔργα, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων 1 See how you translated the second person pronouns and second person individuals addressed in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). If the singular form of the second person address and the second person references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -2:19 bx33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, **faith**, **service**, and **endurance**, you can express them with their corresponding verbs that describe the actions. Alternate translation: “how you have loved, trusted, served, and endured patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2:15 hc85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Νικολαϊτῶν 1 See how you translated **Nicolaitans** in [2:6](../02/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +2:16 f8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ μή 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply the verb from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “If you do not repent, I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2:16 qict rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί 1 See how you translated this word in [2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:16 fd6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πολεμήσω 1 Here, **will wage war** expresses a metaphor for judgment that utilizes the imagery of a sword coming from the mouth of Jesus. The translator may wish to maintain a fairly literal rendition in order to allow the metaphor to work with the sword imagery in this verse and from the prior verses of [1:16](../01/16.md) and [2:12](../02/12.md). Alternate translation: “I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:16 j52q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 This refers to the **sword** in [1:16](../01/16.md) and [2:12](../02/12.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol that represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +2:17 lm1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2:17 m867 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +2:17 unnj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:17 i61b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +2:17 ngjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **hidden manna**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2:17 yeqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ψῆφον λευκήν 1 Here, **a white stone** could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a white stone**. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render **a white stone** in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies in the original context here (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +2:17 l59r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον 1 Here, **a new name written** could mean the name of Jesus, the name of God, or else, more likely, the new name of the person who conquers. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a new name written**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **written**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is written rather than the person who does the writing. If you must state who does the writing, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “a new name that I have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2:18 b83m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Θυατείροις ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Thyatira**. **Thyatira** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, that existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +2:18 nd4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [1:20](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2:18 j3xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +2:18 q3w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +2:18 zbx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ὡς φλόγα πυρός 1 Here, Jesus has **eyes** that are full of light so that they resemble **a flame of fire**. See how you translated this in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “whose eyes glow like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +2:18 p86i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 People create objects of **bronze** and have them **polished** in order to make them shine and reflect light. Likewise, the feet of Jesus shine and reflect light like **polished bronze**. See how you translated this in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “whose feet are very shiny like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +2:19 oum6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:19 vj80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου τὰ ἔργα, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων 1 See how you translated the second person pronouns and second person individuals addressed in [2:2](../02/02.md). If the singular form of the second person address and the second person references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +2:19 bx33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 If your language would not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, **faith**, **service**, and **endurance**, you can express them with their corresponding verbs that describe the actions. Alternate translation: “how you have loved, trusted, served, and endured patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2:19 y2mu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns in the clause then you can state the implied objects of these terms explicitly. Alternate translation: “how you have loved me and others, trusted me, served me and others, and endured troubles patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:19 pi0k τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Here, the clause **your last works {are} greater than {your} first {works}** presents a comparison of previous labor or efforts to the current labor or efforts of the believers. If your readers would misunderstand the noun **works**, you can express it with the verb “to work” or “to do”. Alternate translation: “you do more now than you did at first” -2:20 wbu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “But I disapprove of some of the things you are doing” or “But I am angry with you because of something you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2:19 pi0k τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Here, the clause **your last works {are} greater than {your} first {works}** presents a comparison of previous labor or efforts to the current labor or efforts of the believers. If your readers would misunderstand the noun **works**, you can express it with the verb “to work” or “to do.” Alternate translation: “you do more now than you did at first” +2:20 wbu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “But I disapprove of some of the things you are doing” or “But I am angry with you because of something you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2:20 f6e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν γυναῖκα Ἰεζάβελ 1 Jesus spoke of a certain **woman** in their church at Thyatira as if she were the famous Queen **Jezebel**, because she did the same kinds of sinful actions that Jezebel had done in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the woman who is just like Jezebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:20 mnom rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πορνεῦσαι, καὶ φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα 1 See how you translated a similar clause with the same phrases in [Revelation 2:14](../02/14.md). It is possible to interpret both phrases as metaphors for idolatry or sinful actions in general (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +2:20 mnom rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πορνεῦσαι, καὶ φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα 1 See how you translated a similar clause with the same phrases in [2:14](../02/14.md). It is possible to interpret both phrases as metaphors for idolatry or sinful actions in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 2:21 g7yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα μετανοήσῃ 1 Here, **I gave her time so that she might repent** represents a purpose clause. The word **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus is stating a purpose for which he granted some time for the woman Jezebel to repent of her actions. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “I gave her time for the purpose of her repentance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -2:21 rtai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 Here, **her immorality** expresses the idea of impure passion. The word **immorality** always applies to females. The manner of expressing female immorality varies greatly in many languages. Use a natural idiom for expressing female immorality in your target language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:22 kpoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2:22 twa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην & εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 Here, having Jezebel lie in **a bed** would be the result of Jesus making her very sick. The imagery of the bed is simply a metonym for the entire process of lying in bed when one is sick. The act of throwing someone into a bed causes the punishment to appear to be more intense and graphic in its idiomatic expression. Alternate translation: “I will make her lie sick in bed … I will make suffer greatly” or “I will make her very sick … I will make suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2:22 lj36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην, καὶ τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ’ αὐτῆς εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 Here, Jesus speaks of causing people to suffer with the idiomatic expression of throwing them into suffering. The metaphor or idiomatic expression presents the imagery of causing suffering or hurt by the act of throwing someone into the suffering or hurt. Alternate translation: “I will throw her onto a bed, and I will make her and those who commit adultery with her to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2:22 g53b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσουσιν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς 1 This implies that they have participated with her in her wicked behavior. By repenting of **her deeds**, they also **repent** of participating in her behavior. Alternate translation: “if they do not repent from doing the evil that she does” or “if they do not repent of participating in her deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -216,257 +208,252 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introdu 2:23 kx34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς ἀποκτενῶ ἐν θανάτῳ 1 Here, **I will strike her children dead** expresses the idea of killing the disciples of Jezebel. The phrase implies death by a swift and ruthless action. The idiomatic language suggests the idea of killing by means of a pestilence. Alternate translation: “I will slay her children” or “I will exterminate her children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2:23 zm6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας 1 The terms **kidneys** and **hearts** are metonyms that represents feelings and desires in the idiomatic language. Alternate translation: “what people think and want” or “secret thoughts and desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2:23 bgs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δώσω ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ 1 The phrase **I will give to each one of you** represents an idiomatic expression describing the distribution of punishment and reward. If this idiom might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will punish or reward each one of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:23 fptd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -2:24 zqpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ὑμῖν δὲ λέγω τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν Θυατείροις, ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην, οἵτινες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰ βαθέα τοῦ Σατανᾶ, ὡς λέγουσιν; οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος 1 See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +2:23 fptd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +2:24 zqpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ὑμῖν δὲ λέγω τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν Θυατείροις, ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην, οἵτινες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰ βαθέα τοῦ Σατανᾶ, ὡς λέγουσιν; οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος 1 See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) 2:24 tli6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην 1 Here, to believe in a **teaching** is spoken of as to hold or to grasp the **teaching**. If this idiom might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to everyone who does not believe this teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2:24 scu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην 1 Here, **teaching** is an abstract noun that your readers might misunderstand without the use of a verbal phrase. If this abstract noun would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly with a verb. Alternate translation: “do not hold to what she teaches” or “do not believe what she teaches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2:24 d5i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ βαθέα 1 Here, the adjective **deep** describes matters that that the disciples of Jezebel consider to be profound and very important. The adherents to Jezebel’s instruction kept this type of subject matter secret which they also thought to be **deep** in the sense of important or profound. Alternate translation: “the secret things” or “the profound matters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:24 y2t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ βαθέα τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **the deep things** that Satan supposedly taught the disciples of Jezebel. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly with a verb. Alternate translation: “the deep things that Satan revealed to them” or “the deep things that Satan taught them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -2:24 sgil rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος 1 Here, to **put any other burden** literally translates as “to throw another heavy load” onto someone to carry in a metaphorical manner. The phrase is an idiom for requiring another difficult command or burdensome order that one must perform besides already existing commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language. Alternate translation: “I do not place any other burden on you” or “I do not impose any other burden upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:24 y2t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ βαθέα τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Jesus is using a possessive form to describe **the deep things** that Satan supposedly taught the disciples of Jezebel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly with a verb. Alternate translation: “the deep things that Satan revealed to them” or “the deep things that Satan taught them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2:24 sgil rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος 1 Here, to **put any other burden** literally translates as “to throw another heavy load” onto someone to carry in a metaphorical manner. The phrase is an idiom for requiring another difficult command or burdensome order that one must perform besides already existing commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language. Alternate translation: “I do not place any other burden on you” or “I do not impose any other burden upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2:24 ikkh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος 1 Here, **other** refers to the phrase “what you have” in the next verse. In other words, Jesus is saying that he will not give these people any additional command beyond what they already have from him. If this is confusing or if it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it in the next verse, you could connect these ideas in a different way. If you do this, you will need to delete the word “However” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the only burden I will put on you is this:” or “I will only burden you with obeying what I have already commanded you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) 2:25 tfzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε 1 Here, **what you have** refers to the commands that Jesus has already given to the believers in Thyatira. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the commands that I have already given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:25 vgxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:26 z5xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -2:26 aiws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:26 v2e0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2:25 vgxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κρατήσατε 1 See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:26 z5xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +2:26 aiws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:26 v2e0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 2:27 c9gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -2:27 e5kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: “he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron” or “he will govern with a rod of iron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2:27 ksl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces” or “as jars of clay are shattered to pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +2:27 e5kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd who punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: “he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron” or “he will govern with a rod of iron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:27 ksl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would not be natural in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces” or “as jars of clay are shattered to pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 2:27 w8pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συντρίβεται 1 Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces” or “he will smash them into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2:28 n9ts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Here, some languages may need to know what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) He received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as I also have received power from my Father” or “as I also have received dominion from my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:28 hr39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -2:28 g5iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -2:29 ilk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2:29 ikm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2:29 y6m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -3:1 k6b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -3:1 u1zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:1 ouys rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -3:1 un3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -3:1 lpfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:1 xtk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature” or “you have a fame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -3:1 ty18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: “you are obedient, but you are disobedient” or “you honor me, but you dishonor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:2 l7qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Here, the command to **wake up** is a metaphor for the state of being alert or actively vigilant. In other words, being watchful or alert and vigilant is described by the action of waking up from sleep. If your readers would not understand what it means to **wake up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be alert!” or “Be awarel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2:28 g5iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus will rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +2:29 ilk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2:29 ikm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +2:29 y6m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n- The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\n- The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\n- The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nSee the discussion of the phrase **I know** in the General Notes to chapter 2.n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nSee the discussion of this usage in the General Notes to chapter 2.n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would not be natural in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +3:1 k6b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +3:1 u1zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [1:20](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +3:1 ouys rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +3:1 un3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +3:1 lpfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:1 xtk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὄνομα ἔχεις 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature” or “you have a fame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +3:1 ty18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ 1 Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could express this meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: “you are obedient, but you are disobedient” or “you honor me, but you dishonor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +3:2 l7qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Here, the command to **wake up** is a metaphor for the state of being alert or actively vigilant. In other words, being watchful or alert and vigilant is described by the action of waking up from sleep. If your readers would not understand what it means to **wake up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be aware” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:2 d8cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** mentioned in the previous verse. These **deeds** which the believers in Sardis do are described as if they were alive and also in danger of dying. Thus, **deeds** are referred to as if they were living persons or humans who live and die. If this figure of speech of personification might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative or explicit way. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to prove futile” or “finish the work that remains, which is about to prove useless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -3:2 ja1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works” or “your actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:2 jq58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve” or “the God I worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +3:2 ja1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works” or “your actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:2 jq58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is using a possessive form to describe the **God** whom Jesus possesses or claims as his own God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve” or “the God I worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 3:3 wcs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God’s word or the teaching of God’s word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard” or “the truth that you received and heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:3 e324 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τήρει 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:3 e324 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τήρει 1 See how you translated this word in [1:3](../01/03.md) and in [2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 3:3 gwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν & μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:3 ypw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “I will come unexpectedly” or “I will come without warning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -3:4 bpg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “But there are a few of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +3:3 ypw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would not be natural in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “I will come unexpectedly” or “I will come without warning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +3:4 bpg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἀλλὰ ἔχεις ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “But there are a few of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) 3:4 fy7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or “a few persons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 3:4 imsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer’s life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes” or “have not polluted their clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:4 x2if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer’s life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or “who have kept themselves pure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:4 x48r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, the word to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 3:4 w5t9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity” or “in victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:5 v69e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -3:5 w5k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +3:5 v69e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +3:5 w5k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς 1 Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear … white clothes” or “will dress himself … in white clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:5 hmy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λευκοῖς 1 See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:5 wn1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone’s name from a book or list of some sort. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not delete his name out” or “I will certainly not remove his name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:5 wn1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone’s name from a book or list of some sort. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not delete his name out” or “I will certainly not remove his name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 3:5 yyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here **I will confess his name** does not simply mean that Jesus will say the name of the person. Rather, the expression means that Jesus will announce that he possesses the person. In other words, Jesus will proclaim that the person belongs to Jesus himself. Here, **his name** refers to the person himself by the figure of a metonym. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” or “I will acknowledge that he is mine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -3:5 bi3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus in the trinity. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -3:5 q22s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:6 zxc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -3:6 k2k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -3:6 i49v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:7 rf9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -3:7 ksg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:7 xarn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +3:5 bi3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus in the Trinity. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +3:5 q22s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [1:20](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +3:6 zxc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +3:6 k2k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +3:6 i49v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:7 rf9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +3:7 ksg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [1:20](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +3:7 xarn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 3:7 ih6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah’s kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: “the key of David’s authority” or “the key of David’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -3:7 aam6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open” or “the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -3:8 k48c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:8 t5hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +3:7 aam6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would not be natural in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open” or “the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +3:8 k48c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 3:8 j1x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: “I have set before you an open door” or “I have placed before you an open door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 3:8 vp9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 3:8 h90i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige” or “you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:8 xyw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:8 wsws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke” or “my teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +3:8 xyw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 See how you translated this word in [1:3](../01/03.md) and in [2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:8 wsws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using a possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke” or “my teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 3:8 b3kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or “the name that I have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -3:9 vfkb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:9 x78m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). In that verse and its context Jesus also declares there that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain here in this verse the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech of a **synagogue of Satan** in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +3:9 x78m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in [2:9](../02/09.md). In that verse and its context Jesus also declares there that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain here in this verse the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech of a **synagogue of Satan** in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:9 q496 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 Here, to **bow down** in front of a person’s feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -3:9 ah4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -3:10 f9vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐτήρησας & τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:10 k8mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or command that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke about steadfastness” or “my teaching on steadfastness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -3:10 y577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **steadfastness**, you can express it with the verb “to endure.” See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:9](../01/09.md) and in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “to suffer patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -3:10 ql9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ὥρας 1 The translator may wish to explain that **hour** is not sixty minutes. Rather, the **hour** is a moment of time, or a time period, of testing. If this idiom is not clear in your language, then you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time” or “the moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:10 gv5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **hour** as a time when God tests all of the world. The subject of **testing** is God who tests all people during the **hour** of great suffering. If it is not clear in your language that God is the one who tests the world, then you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hour when God tests” or “the hour of God’s testing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +3:9 ah4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would not be natural in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +3:10 f9vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐτήρησας & τηρήσω 1 See the discussion in the General Introduction to Revelation of the two ways in which Jesus is using the word **kept**/**keep** here. Alternate translation: “you have obeyed … I will … preserve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:10 k8mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου 1 Jesus is using a possessive form to describe the **word** or command that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke about steadfastness” or “my teaching on steadfastness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +3:10 y577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸν λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου 1 If your language would not use an abstract noun for the idea of **steadfastness**, you can express it with the verb “to endure.” See how you translated this word in [1:9](../01/09.md) and in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “my admonition to suffer patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +3:10 gv5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 Jesus is using a possessive form to describe the **hour** as a time when God tests all of the world. The subject of **testing** is God who tests all people during the **hour** of great suffering. If it is not clear in your language that God is the one who tests the world, then you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hour when God tests” or “the hour of God’s testing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +3:10 ql9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ὥρας 1 The translator may wish to explain that **hour** is not sixty minutes. Rather, the **hour** is a moment of time, or a time period, of testing. If this idiom is not clear in your language, then you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time” or “the moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 3:10 e6bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 Here, **to come** describes future being or existence. If your readers would not understand what it means for future existence **to come**, then you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “that will occur” or “that is about to be” or “that is about to exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:11 ih12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 Here, **coming quickly** implies an arrival of Jesus to judge. It is understood that Jesus is **coming** in order to judge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implicit meaning in an explicit way. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge quickly” or “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:11 n9a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 See how you translated the verb to **Hold fast to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:11 a4m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “victory prize” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:12 px36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -3:12 xiwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:13 u5jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -3:13 ug5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -3:13 cm7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:14 r6bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Laodicea**. **Laodicea** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -3:14 jg3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:14 wzg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +3:11 n9a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 See how you translated the verb to **Hold fast to** in [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:11 a4m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 Here, **crown** stands for a reward or a victory prize. See how you translated **crown** in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +3:12 px36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +3:12 xiwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is speaking of victorious believers as if they were a **pillar** in the temple of God. Here, a **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +3:13 u5jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +3:13 ug5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +3:13 cm7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:14 r6bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Laodicea**. **Laodicea** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +3:14 jg3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 See how you translated **angel** in [1:20](../01/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +3:14 wzg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 3:14 f65v ὁ Ἀμήν 1 Here, **The Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them. 3:14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the beginning of the creation of God** could refer to: (1) the one who rules over everything that God created. (2) the one through whom God created everything. 3:15 pf9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός 1 The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Here, **cold** and **hot** could: (1) represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him. (2) both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:15 c60l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +3:15 c60l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 3:16 y9vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them **out of** the **mouth**. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:17 v1pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός 1 Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “you are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Here, **to buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The **gold refined by fire** represents spiritual wealth. The **brilliant white garments** represents righteousness. And the **salve to anoint your eyes** represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “to come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) 3:19 sf66 ζήλευε & καὶ μετανόησον 1 Alternate translation: “be serious and repent” -3:20 e6f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:20 i7gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω 1 Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: “I am like one standing at the door and knocking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:20 sr5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κρούω 1 When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they **knock** on the door. Alternate translation: “I want you to let me come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +3:20 sr5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κρούω 1 When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they **knock** on the door. Alternate translation: “knock because I want you to let me come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 3:20 m6n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 Here, **my voice** refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: “hears me speak” or “hears me call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 3:20 di8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go καὶ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 Some languages might prefer the verb “go” here. Alternate translation: “I will indeed go into his home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) 3:20 une1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ δειπνήσω μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **eat with him** represents being together as friends. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:21 h9pf Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis is the end of the Son of Man’s messages to the angels of the seven churches. -3:21 n83q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +3:21 n83q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “Anyone who conquers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 3:21 mn2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου 1 To **sit down** on a **throne** means to rule. Alternate translation: “to rule with me” or “to sit down on my throne and rule with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 3:21 un17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -3:22 m13x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -3:22 mjv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -3:22 vnr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -4:intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.\n\nJohn has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald\n\nThese words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.\n\n### Twenty-four elders\n\nElders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Giving glory to God\n\nGod’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Difficult images\n\nSuch things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) -4:1 ws2q General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe his vision of the throne of God. -4:1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md) Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things” -4:1 suqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of **behold** due to the unique context (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +3:22 m13x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +3:22 mjv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +3:22 vnr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +4:intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.\n\nJohn has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald\n\nThese words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.\n\n### Twenty-four elders\n\nElders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Giving glory to God\n\nGod’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Difficult images\n\nSuch things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]]) +4:1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:1-3:22](../02/01.md) Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things” 4:1 z8r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 The expression **open door in heaven** stands for the ability that God gave John to see into heaven, at least by means of a vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:1 a49s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state explicitly how the voice was **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “speaking to me loudly like the sound of a trumpet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -4:1 j713 σάλπιγγος 1 A **trumpet** is a instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). -4:2 ie3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 John speaks of being influenced by God’s **Spirit** as if he were **in the Spirit**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit” or “the Spirit influenced me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -4:2 nmlw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of **behold** due to the unique context (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +4:1 a49s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language simile, you can state explicitly how the voice was **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “speaking to me loudly like the sound of a trumpet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +4:1 j713 σάλπιγγος 1 A **trumpet** is a instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated this in [1:10](../01/10.md). +4:2 ie3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 John speaks of being influenced by God’s **Spirit** as if he were **in the Spirit**. See how you translated this in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit” or “the Spirit influenced me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 4:3 m4mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίθῳ, ἰάσπιδι καὶ σαρδίῳ 1 The terms **jasper** and **carnelian** refer to valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal, and carnelian may have been red. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 4:3 aap1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σμαραγδίνῳ 1 An **emerald** is a green, valuable stone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 4:4 b695 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage εἴκοσι τέσσαρας πρεσβυτέρους 1 Interpreters debate the symbolic meaning of **24** as the number of the elders. The symbolic significance of the term **elders** is also debated, but it probably indicates the church or the people of God at the time that John wrote the book of Revelation. In this sense, the leaders of the church represent the church or the saints that comprise the church. Alternate translation: “24 church leaders” or “24 older saints” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 4:5 ryb1 ἀστραπαὶ 1 Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. 4:5 u1da φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί 1 Here, **rumblings** are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. -4:5 e1jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -4:6 ja33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θάλασσα ὑαλίνη 1 If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can state how it was like **glass** or a **sea**. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” (2) glass is spoken of as if it were a sea. Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:6 cv9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία κρυστάλλῳ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was **like crystal**. Alternate translation: “clear as crystal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +4:5 e1jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +4:6 ja33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θάλασσα ὑαλίνη 1 If it would be clearer in your language metaphor, you can state how it was like **glass** or a **sea**. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” (2) glass is spoken of as if it were a sea. Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +4:6 cv9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία κρυστάλλῳ 1 If it would be clearer in your language simile, you can state how it was **like crystal**. Alternate translation: “clear as crystal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 4:6 fr7x ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου 1 Alternate translation: “immediately around the throne” or “close to the throne and around it” -4:6 b66k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τέσσαρα ζῷα 1 Interpreters debate what the symbolic significance of **four** and of **living creatures** precisely is. The translator should keep the phrase literal and allow the symbolic significance to stand in the translation or rendition. Alternate translation: “four animate beings” or “four living things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +4:6 b66k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τέσσαρα ζῷα 1 Interpreters debate what the symbolic significance of **four** and of **living creatures** precisely is. The translator should keep the phrase literal and allow the symbolic significance to stand in the translation or rendition. Alternate translation: “were four animate beings” or “were four living things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 4:7 d84n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ 1 How the head of each **living creature** appeared to John is expressed as a comparison with something more familiar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -4:7 b9tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ζῷον 1 See how you translated **living creature** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +4:7 b9tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ζῷον 1 See how you translated **living creature** in [4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 4:8 n8g2 κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν γέμουσιν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 The top and bottom of each wing was covered with **eyes**. 4:8 y1u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:9 tljo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ ζῷα 1 See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +4:9 tljo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ ζῷα 1 See how you translated **living creatures** in [4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 4:9 xj6b τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ, τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 This is one person. The **one who sits on the throne** lives forever and ever. 4:9 a19z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 These two words mean about the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 4:10 c2vg πεσοῦνται 1 They purposely lie down facing the ground to show that they are worshiping. -4:10 s4mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage πρεσβύτεροι 1 See how you translated **elders** in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -4:10 sly8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου 1 The elders were respectfully placing the **crowns** on the ground, showing that they were submitting to God’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “they lay their crowns before the throne to show that they were submitting to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -4:10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 This could refers to: (1) placing something. (2) throwing down forcibly, as of something worthless ([Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully. +4:10 s4mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage πρεσβύτεροι 1 See how you translated **elders** in [4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +4:10 sly8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου 1 The elders were respectfully placing the **crowns** on the ground, showing that they were submitting to God’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “they will lay their crowns before the throne to show that they are submitting to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +4:10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 This could refer to: (1) placing something. (2) throwing down forcibly, as of something worthless ([2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully. 4:11 idj1 ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord and God** is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne. 4:11 q91l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν 1 Here, **the glory and the honor and the power** are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -5:intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sealed scroll\n\nKings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])\n\n### Twenty-four elders\n\nElders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### Christian prayers\n\nThe prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nThe “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -5:1 txr5 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn continues to describe what he saw in his vision of the throne of God. +5:intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sealed scroll\n\nKings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])\n\n### Twenty-four elders\n\nElders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Christian prayers\n\nThe prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nThe “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:1 w3yi καὶ εἶδον 1 Alternate translation: “After I saw those things, I saw” -5:1 u3br τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου 1 This is the same **one** as in [Revelation 4:2-3](../04/02.md). +5:1 u3br τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου 1 This is the same **one** as in [4:2-3](../04/02.md). 5:1 yhm3 βιβλίον, γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν 1 Alternate translation: “a scroll with writing on the front and the back” 5:1 aj7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κατεσφραγισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven seals** represents seven pieces of wax that secured documents closed. Melted wax was used to seal letters or other documents that needed to be protected. When the wax cooled and hardened, the letter could not be opened without breaking the wax seal. The person who received the letter would see the unbroken seal and know that no one had opened it. Alternate translation: “and it had seven seals keeping it closed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 5:2 r2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ? 1 Someone would need to break the **seals** in order **to open the scroll**. Alternate translation: “Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -5:2 v4r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ? 1 If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can translate it as a statement: “Show us who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +5:2 v4r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ? 1 If it would be clearer in your language question, you can translate it as a statement: “Show us who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 5:3 lj9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. In other words, the entire clause represents the following: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. Alternate translation: “anywhere in heaven or on the earth or under the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -5:5 dm5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -5:5 dohb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 See how you translated **elders** in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:5 j67w ὁ λέων ὁ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα 1 This is a title for the man **from the tribe of Judah** that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: “The one who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah” or “The king who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah” +5:5 dohb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 See how you translated **elders** in [4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:5 j67w ὁ λέων ὁ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα 1 This is a title for the man **from the tribe of Judah** that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: “the one who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah” or “the king who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah” 5:5 b6wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λέων 1 The king is spoken of as if he were a **Lion** because a lion is very strong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:5 i89j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἡ ῥίζα Δαυείδ 1 This is a title for the descendant of **David** that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: “the one who is called the Root of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 5:5 z3vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα Δαυείδ 1 The descendant is spoken of as if David’s family were a tree and he were a root of that tree. Alternate translation: “the Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -5:6 v99j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, Ἀρνίον ἑστηκὸς 1 # General Information:\n\nHere, **in the middle of** describes a setting in which **the four living creatures** surround the central throne for the **Lamb** that exists in the center of the imagery or vision. The **elders** are sitting on thrones that also surround the central throne and **the four living creatures**. However, **the elders** are further out and even more removed in terms of relative space from the center of the throne for the **Lamb** than are the **the four living creatures**. Where the **Lamb** is standing in relation to **the throne** is not entirely clear and should not be translated very specifically. Thus, the translator should avoid specifying the exact details of where the **Lamb** stands in his relative location with **the throne**. If this spatial relationship is confusing in your language, then the translator might give a less confusing description by stating generally that the **Lamb** was standing near or at the throne. Alternate translation: “near the throne and the four living creatures and the elders” or “close to the throne and the four living creatures and the elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -5:6 zkxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:6 uegz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 See how you translated **elders** in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:6 v99j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, Ἀρνίον ἑστηκὸς 1 Here, **in the middle of** describes a setting in which **the four living creatures** surround the central throne for the **Lamb** that exists in the center of the imagery or vision. The **elders** are sitting on thrones that also surround the central throne and **the four living creatures**. However, **the elders** are further out and even more removed in terms of relative space from the center of the throne for the **Lamb** than are the **the four living creatures**. Where the **Lamb** is standing in relation to **the throne** is not entirely clear and should not be translated very specifically. Thus, the translator should avoid specifying the exact details of where the **Lamb** stands in his relative location with **the throne**. If this spatial relationship is confusing in your language, then the translator might give a less confusing description by stating generally that the **Lamb** was standing near or at the throne. Alternate translation: “near the throne and the four living creatures and the elders” or “close to the throne and the four living creatures and the elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +5:6 zkxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 See how you translated **living creatures** in [4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:6 uegz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 See how you translated **elders** in [4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 5:6 du51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** symbolically refers Jesus as a sacrifice. The translator should not change the symbol of the **Lamb** as a picture of sacrifice. Alternate translation: “male sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:6 o15q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὡς ἐσφαγμένον 1 Here, **as though having been killed** translates a passive verb phrase that literally means “having been slain”. Thus, the passive verb phrase expresses the fact that the Lamb, although he was alive or living, actually had marks or cuts which indicated that he had died or was killed by others. If your language does not use the passive verb form in this way, you can state this witha an active verb form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as though someone had killed him” or “as though someone had murdered him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -5:6 oz6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage κέρατα ἑπτὰ καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. See how you translated **seven** as a symbolic number in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:6 erg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this symbolic phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:6 t7d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 If your language does not use a passive form like **sent out** here, then you can translate the passive expression with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which God sent out into all the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +5:6 o15q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὡς ἐσφαγμένον 1 Here, **as though having been killed** translates a passive verb phrase that literally means “having been slain.” Thus, the passive verb phrase expresses the fact that the Lamb, although he was alive or living, actually had marks or cuts which indicated that he had died or was killed by others. If your language does not use the passive verb form in this way, you can state this witha an active verb form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as though someone had killed him” or “as though someone had murdered him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +5:6 oz6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage κέρατα ἑπτὰ καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. See how you translated **seven** as a symbolic number in [1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:6 erg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this symbolic phrase in [1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:6 t7d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 If your language does not use a passive form like **sent out** here, then you can translate the passive expression with an active verb. Alternate translation: “whom God sends out into all the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 5:7 egp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 He approached the throne. Some languages may use the verb “to go” with a form equivalent to the phrase “he went.” Use whichever verb is more natural in you language. Alternate translation: “he went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -5:7 fkax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς 1 See the explicit mention of **the scroll** in the next verse in [Revelation 5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “it from the right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -5:8 l8a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα 1 See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:8 hals rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage πρεσβύτεροι 1 See how you translated **elders** in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:8 e3fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:8 uv6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕκαστος 1 Here, **each one** could refer to: (1) each one of the elders and living creatures, or, (2) solely each one of the elders. The translator should not make the references explicit since the persons or characters are not clearly identified in the Greek language. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +5:8 l8a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα 1 See how you translated **living creatures** in [4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:8 hals rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage πρεσβύτεροι 1 See how you translated **elders** in [4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:8 e3fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:8 uv6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕκαστος 1 Here, **each one** could refer to: (1) each one of the elders and living creatures, or, (2) solely each one of the elders. The translator should not make the references explicit since the persons or characters are not clearly identified in the Greek language. Alternate translation: “every one” or “all of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:8 qak6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage θυμιαμάτων 1 Here, **incense** symbolizes the **prayers** of the **saints** to God. Alternate translation: “aromatic herbs” or “aromatic resins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:9 voro ἄξιος 1 See how you translated **worthy** in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). +5:8 r458 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῶν ἁγίων 1 As the General Introduction to Revelation discusses, John often uses the term **saints** to describe people who believe in Jesus and obey him faithfully. John uses the term by association with the way these people are set apart as holy for God. You language may have a term or expression of its own that would convey this meaning that you could use throughout the book. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “of the disciples of Jesus” or “of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +5:9 voro ἄξιος 1 See how you translated **worthy** in [4:11](../04/11.md). 5:9 yu7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσφάγης 1 Here, **you were slaughtered** is a passive verbal phrase that can be turned into an active verbal expression. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they slaughtered you” or “people killed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 5:9 qtv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου 1 Here, **blood** is a metonym that substitutes for blood. The phrase **with your blood** can mean “by your death” or “by dying.” Since **blood** represents a person’s life, losing the blood represents a death or the act of dying. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with your death” or “with your act of dying.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -5:9 zzc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς, καὶ γλώσσης, καὶ λαοῦ, καὶ ἔθνους 1 The clause **from every tribe and tongue and people and nation** represents a litany. The list in this litany represents all **people** of the earth and includes every ethnic group that the world contains. Use words in your language that someone would use to include all types of people, races, and ethnic groups which inhabit the world. Alternate translation: “from every ethnic group and tongue and people and nation” or “from every tribe and tongue and race and nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -5:10 wn87 βασιλείαν καὶ ἱερεῖς 1 See how you translated **kingdom** and **priests** in [Revelation 1:06](../01/06.md). +5:9 r067 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἠγόρασας τῷ Θεῷ 1 John is speaking as if the Lamb literally **bought** people for God. He means that through his sacrificial death, the Lamb saved them by setting them free from the guilt and power of sin. Your language may have a term that you can use in your translation that describes someone paying a price or making a sacrifice to set someone else free. Alternate translation: “you redeemed people for God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +5:9 zzc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς, καὶ γλώσσης, καὶ λαοῦ, καὶ ἔθνους 1 The clause **from every tribe and tongue and people and nation** represents a merism. The list in this litany represents all **people** of the earth and includes every ethnic group that the world contains. Use words in your language that someone would use to include all types of people, races, and ethnic groups which inhabit the world. Alternate translation: “from every ethnic group and tongue and people and nation” or “from every tribe and tongue and race and nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +5:10 wn87 βασιλείαν καὶ ἱερεῖς 1 See how you translated **kingdom** and **priests** in [1:6](../01/06.md). 5:11 xuy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers μυριάδες μυριάδων καὶ χιλιάδες χιλιάδων 1 Here, **myriads** and **thousands** refer to numbers that represent so many in their number that people cannot count them. The numbers **myriads** and **thousands** simply mean numbers that are so great that they are countless. If people will not understand these numbers in your target language, then you can simply use natural expressions in your language for numbers that are so great that one cannot count them. Use expressions in your language that show huge numbers that are difficult to count. Alternate translation: “millions” or “too many thousands to count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -5:12 m6hy ἄξιόν 1 See how you translated **Worthy** in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). -5:12 xzbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:12 gnv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λαβεῖν 1 Here, **to receive** may be expressed with an active form in contrast to the passive. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated **to receive** in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -5:12 w0dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ σοφίαν, καὶ ἰσχὺν, καὶ τιμὴν, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ εὐλογίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns, you can express them as verbs. See how you translated a similar sentence in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). Alternate translation: “for everyone to honor, glorify, and praise him because he is powerful, wealthy, wise, and strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -5:13 sad6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -5:13 l2sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -5:14 j2f3 ἀμήν! 1 See how you translated **Amen** in [Revelation 1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -6:intro zkn7 0 # Revelation 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven Seals\n\nKings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### The Four Horsemen\n\nAs the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Lamb\n\nThis refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Similes\n\nIn verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -6:1 q571 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -6:1 g13d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -6:1 i392 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +5:12 m6hy ἄξιόν 1 See how you translated **Worthy** in [4:11](../04/11.md). +5:12 xzbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:12 gnv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσφαγμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people slaughtered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +5:12 w0dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ σοφίαν, καὶ ἰσχὺν, καὶ τιμὴν, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ εὐλογίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns, you can express them as verbs. See how you translated a similar sentence in [4:11](../04/11.md). Alternate translation: “for everyone to honor, glorify, and praise him because he is powerful, wealthy, wise, and strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +5:13 sad6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. See how you translated this in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +5:13 l2sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +5:14 r459 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεσαν καὶ προσεκύνησαν 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **the elders fell down and worshiped**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add “the one who lives to the ages of the ages.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +5:14 j2f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἀμήν! 1 See how you translated **Amen** in [1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +6:intro zkn7 0 # Revelation 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven Seals\n\nKings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### The Four Horsemen\n\nAs the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Lamb\n\nThis refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Similes\n\nIn verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +6:1 q571 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +6:1 i392 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 See how you translated **seven seals** in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 6:1 v9td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς 1 Here, **one of the living creatures** speaks with a very loud voice. John is using **thunder** figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -6:2 t2qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -6:3 bs66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -6:3 i1p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -6:4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν & πυρρός 1 This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red” -6:4 w57m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -6:4 je64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -6:5 v4us rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -6:5 zec1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -6:5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 A **scales** is a tool used for weighing things. -6:6 b5rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου & τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -6:6 v3sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου & δηναρίου 1 The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -6:6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 If the **oil and wine** were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up. -6:6 c5ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:7 mu5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -6:7 zj87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -6:8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 Here, **pale** is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death. Alternate translation: “a grey horse” -6:8 df32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:8 aj1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -6:8 tjw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:8 n9x3 ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς 1 This means that Death and Hades would cause **the wild animals** to attack and kill people. -6:9 bv8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -6:9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 This may have been “at the base of the altar.” -6:9 b2kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -6:9 y8c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:9 x1yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -6:10 qz1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 Here, **blood** represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:11 bq1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -6:11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” -6:11 p615 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -6:12 z9qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -6:12 xu8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -6:12 g7rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 The image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -6:13 s137 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:2 t2qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 Here, **to him was given a crown** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:3 bs66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +6:3 i1p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +6:4 w57m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 Here, **to the one sitting on it was granted to him** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:4 je64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 Here, **to him was given a huge sword** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:5 v4us rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +6:5 zec1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +6:5 rm4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool that people utilize to weigh things. Most likely **a pair of scales** was a weighing device which included two round plates or bowls hanging by ropes to a pole which the rider held in his hand. Translators should maintain the imagery of the ancient tool and not describe modern systems for weighing things. Alternate translation: “a pair of balances” or “a pair of weights” or “balancing scales” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +6:6 b5rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου & τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of choenix is **choenices**. Alternate translation: “one quart of wheat … three quarts of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +6:6 v3sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου & δηναρίου 1 The **denarius** was a silver coin that was worth a day’s wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation, in each instance: “for one silver coin” or “for the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +6:6 c5ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +6:7 mu5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +6:7 zj87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +6:8 t7y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +6:8 qlly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία 1 Here, **authority was given to them** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave authority to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:8 aj1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +6:8 df32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +6:8 tjw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 Here, **sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +6:9 bv8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +6:9 b2kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:9 x1yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the scriptures and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +6:9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [1:2](../01/02.md). +6:10 qz1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “our death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +6:11 x3a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:11 jppt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **and they were told** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God told them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:11 bq1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 This entire clause implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers whom they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:11 p615 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +6:11 r473 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, here the word has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you wish to retain the figurative expression in your translation, you could word it in a way that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +6:12 z9qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +6:12 g9dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great earthquake** is a natural disaster in which the ground shakes from geological movement. Your language and culture may have a term for an **earthquake** that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term **earthquake**, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a great shaking of the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +6:12 xu8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just as the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If it would be clearer in your language simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +6:12 g7rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 Here, the moon is like **blood** because during an eclipse the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If it would be clearer in your language simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +6:13 s137 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unseasonable fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:13 lkff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall as late-ripening figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If it would be clearer in your language simile with figs, you do not need to state explicitly that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “as a fruit tree drops its late-ripening fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +6:13 r477 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς ὀλύνθους 1 The term **unseasonable** describes **fruit** on a **fig tree** that does not ripen in the proper season but instead remains on the tree and ripens later. Workers cannot harvest the fruit while the weather is suitable, and instead the fruit falls off when stormy weather comes. Alternate translation: “late-ripening fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 6:14 jyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -6:15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. -6:15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. +6:14 xzn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:14 gl0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:14 ic4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +6:15 m6j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +6:15 n984 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ χιλίαρχοι, καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι, καὶ οἱ ἰσχυροὶ, καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, all the nouns in the series or list refers to every type of person and people. The various examples refer to all kinds of people who exist in the world. The merism names various kinds or parts of society by stating the extreme ends of the society. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all types of people, whether rich, poor, powerful, or weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +6:15 vl6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ σπήλαια 1 These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the holes in the rocks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 6:16 f4bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:16 g0ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +6:16 g0ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 6:17 bd8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 The **great day of their wrath** refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: “this is the terrible time when they will punish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:17 i7t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 Existing now is spoken of as having **come**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:17 cq9e ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **their** refers to the one on the throne and the Lamb. 6:17 r1ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 Surviving, or staying alive, is spoken of as standing. Alternate translation: “Who can survive?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:17 pmn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 This question is used to express their great sadness and fear that no one will be able to survive when God punishes them. Alternate translation: “no one can survive!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -7:intro f27i 0 # Revelation 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nScholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\nIt is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.\n\nTranslators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Worship\n\nGod saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Lamb\n\nThis refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -7:1 b1yl General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. +7:intro f27i 0 # Revelation 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter John describes a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. John then describes a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to understand fully what this chapter means in order to translate its contents accurately. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\nIt is important to translate the large numbers in this chapter accurately. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.\n\nTranslators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter in the same order as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Worship\n\nGod saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshiping him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Lamb\n\nThis refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 The **earth** is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase **the four corners** refers to the north, south, east, and west. 7:2 sgq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα 1 Here, **the seal** refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 7:3 upb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 Here, to **seal** refers to placing a mark on something. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “we put a mark on the foreheads of the servants of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 7:3 je8m μετώπων 1 The **forehead** is the top of the face, above the eyes. 7:4 m58v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God’s angel marked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -7:4 lh7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -7:5 lyz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 Alternate translation: “12,000 people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -7:9 cj5k General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. -7:9 ioxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +7:4 lh7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 Translate this large number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Some languages may need to supply a noun after the number to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “144,000” or “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +7:5 lyz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 Translate this large number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Some languages may need to supply a noun after the number to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “12,000” or “twelve thousand people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 7:9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people” -7:9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 Here the color **white** represents purity. -7:10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Alternate translation: “Salvation comes from our God” +7:9 ioxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 7:10 vlv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν, τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 They were praising **God** and **the Lamb**. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract **Salvation**, you can express it with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -7:10 e31m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -7:11 a45p τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 These are the **four living creatures** mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md). -7:11 aja9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν & ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fell on their faces** is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +7:10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Alternate translation: “Salvation comes from our God” +7:10 e31m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +7:11 a45p τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 These are the **four living creatures** mentioned in [4:6-8](../04/06.md). +7:11 aja9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν & ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fell on their faces** is an idiom that means they lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 7:12 lf1m ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡ σοφία, καὶ ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς, τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Alternate translation: “Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength” 7:12 q3gt εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡ σοφία, καὶ ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς, τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 You can use the verb “give” to show how **praise**, **glory**, **wisdom**, **thanksgiving**, **honor**, **power**, and **strength** are to be **to our God**. Alternate translation: “We must give praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power, and strength to our God” 7:12 d74f εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 These two words **forever** and **ever** mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the praise will never end. @@ -475,20 +462,19 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introdu 7:14 u6fc τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 Alternate translation: “the time of terrible suffering” or “the time when people suffered terribly” 7:14 b7mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Being made righteous by **the blood of the Lamb** is spoken of as washing **their robes** in his blood. Alternate translation: “they have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 7:14 ym21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **blood** is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -7:14 xl4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +7:14 xl4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 7:15 qs23 εἰσιν & αὐτούς 1 Here, **they** and **them** refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation. -7:15 us3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 Here, **day** and **night** are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +7:15 us3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 Here, **day** and **night** are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping.” Alernate translation: “continually” or “always” or “unendingly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 7:15 k9f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκηνώσει ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 Protecting them is spoken of as if he were giving them shelter to live under. Alternate translation: “will shelter them” or “will protect them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 7:16 p6u7 οὐ πεινάσουσιν & αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **They** and **them** refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation. 7:16 t45h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἥλιος 1 The heat of the **sun** is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: “and the sun will not burn them” or “and the sun will not make them weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -7:17 gs3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +7:17 gs3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) 7:17 b5rp τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου 1 Alternate translation: “the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne” 7:17 wc49 αὐτούς & αὐτοὺς 1 Both occurrences of **them** refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation. 7:17 bi5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον & ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “for the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “for the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 7:17 m6m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were **springs** of fresh **water**. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 7:17 g3d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, a **tear** represents sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -8:intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven seals and seven trumpets\n\nThis chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nJohn uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Similes\n\nIn verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -8:1 d652 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe Lamb opens the seventh seal. +8:intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven seals and seven trumpets\n\nThis chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nJohn uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Similes\n\nIn verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 8:1 mh2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην 1 This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. The word **seventh** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 8:2 fri9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 Each of the seven angels were given one trumpet. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God gave them seven trumpets. (2) the Lamb gave them seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 8:3 f9g9 δώσει 1 Alternate translation: “he would offer the incense to God by burning it” @@ -496,13 +482,14 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introdu 8:5 l79w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς 1 Here, **the fire** probably refers to burning coals. Alternate translation: “filled it with burning coals” or “filled it with coals of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:7 g5gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw the hail and fire mixed with blood down onto the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 8:7 ga1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν δένδρων κατεκάη, καὶ πᾶς χόρτος χλωρὸς κατεκάη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it burned up a third of the earth, a third of the trees, and all the green grass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +8:7 r460 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη 1 Some ancient manuscripts include the phrase **and a third of the earth was burned up**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include that phrase. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 8:8 rnh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος 1 The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next angel” or “angel number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 8:8 uw2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὡς ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον, ἐβλήθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw something like a great mountain burning with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -8:8 ev7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the fraction **a third**, you can explain it in translation. Alternate translation: “it was like the sea was divided into three parts, and one of those parts became blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +8:8 ev7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the fraction **a third**, you can explain it in translation. Alternate translation: “it was as if the sea had been divided into three parts and one of those parts had become blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) 8:8 k43y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐγένετο & αἷμα 1 Here, **became blood** could mean: (1) it became red like blood. (2) it really became blood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 8:9 vgf4 τῶν κτισμάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα ψυχάς 1 Alternate translation: “of the things living in the sea” or “of the fish and other animals that lived in the sea” 8:10 n8ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας, καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς 1 The fire of the **huge star** looked similar to the fire of **a torch**. Alternate translation: “a huge star that was blazing like a torch fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -8:10 int4 λαμπάς 1 A **torch** a stick with one end lit on fire to provide light. +8:10 int4 λαμπάς 1 A **torch** is a stick with one end lit on fire to provide light. 8:11 as2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ Ἄψινθος 1 **Wormwood** is a shrub that tastes bitter. People made medicine out of it, but they also believed that it was poisonous. Alternate translation: “the name of the star is Bitterness” or “the name of the star is Bitter Medicine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 8:11 gei4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγένετο & ἄψινθον 1 The bitter taste of the water is spoken of as if it were **wormwood**. Alternate translation: “became bitter like wormwood” or “became bitter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:11 g4q5 ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν 1 Alternate translation: “died when they drank the bitter water” @@ -510,653 +497,861 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introdu 8:12 dfm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a third of the sun changed” or “God changed a third of the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 8:12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 The phrase **a third of then turned dark** could mean: (1) one third of the time, they were dark. (2) one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark. 8:12 t1ag ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως 1 Alternate translation: “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night” +8:13 r461 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἀετοῦ 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **eagle**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “angel.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 8:13 x375 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλπίζειν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### Woe\n\nJohn describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Animal imagery\n\nThis chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.\n\n### Bottomless pit\n\nThis image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])\n\n### Abaddon and Apollyon\n\n“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Repentance\n\nDespite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJohn uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -9:1 d26c Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. -9:1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα 1 John saw the **star** after it **had fallen**. He did not watch if fall. -9:1 v12j ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 Alternate translation: “the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit” -9:1 cjr9 τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 Here, **shaft** could be: (1) another way of referring to the abyss and describes it as long and narrow. (2) the opening of the abyss. -9:1 p886 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. -9:2 tp79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης 1 A **huge furnace** gives off a great amount of thick, dark **smoke**. Alternate translation: “like the great amount of smoke that comes from a huge furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -9:2 nd4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσκοτώθη 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase **were darkened**, you can state it inm active form. Alternate translation: “became dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:3 mb9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 The **locusts** are insects that fly together in large groups. People fear them because they can eat up all the leaves in gardens and on trees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -9:3 a4e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐδόθη αὐταῖς ἐξουσία, ὡς ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ σκορπίοι 1 These **scorpions** have the ability to sting and poison people. Alternate translation: “they have the ability to sting people as scorpions do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +9:intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n\\- The Fifth Trumpet (9:1-12)\n- The Sixth Trumpet (9:13-21)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Woe\n\nJohn describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe the three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8. Woes signify calamity, disaster, or terrible events.\n\n### Seven trumpets\n\nSeven angels blow seven trumpets in Revelation 8:2-11:19. Trumpets are instruments for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated "trumpet" in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### Animal imagery\n\nThis chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.\n\n### Locusts\n\nThe locusts are insects that fly together in large groups. People fear them because they can eat up the leaves in gardens and on trees. If your readers would not be familiar with what locusts are, in your translation you could use the name of a similar flying insect in your culture, or you could use a general expression. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### Abyss\n\nThis image is seen several times in the book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])\n\n### Abaddon and Apollyon\n\n“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Repentance\n\nDespite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJohn uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Generic Sense\n\nSeveral times in this chapter John uses the masculine word “men” in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women such as “people” or “humanity.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +9:1 d26c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πέμπτος ἄγγελος 1 See how you translated **angel** in [8:2](../08/02.md). If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “angel number five” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +9:1 jim6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone gave the key to the shaft of the abyss” or “the star received the key to the shaft of the abyss” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +9:1 cjr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the term abyss literally means a bottomless pit, and here it describes a place of punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the term with an explanatory phrase. Alternate translation: “of the deep pit where God punishes demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +9:2 tp79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης 1 The point of this comparison is the **huge furnace** gives off a great amount of thick, dark **smoke**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “like the great amount of smoke that comes from a huge furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:2 way2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile καμίνου μεγάλης 1 A **huge furnace** was a big oven that burned wood or coal to make bread, pottery, or even to smelt metals like iron. Often furnaces would give off a great amount of thick, dark **smoke**. If your readers would not be familiar with what a furnace is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of a huge kiln" or "of a huge oven" or "of a huge stove” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:2 nd4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσκοτώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form **were darkened**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “became dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +9:3 mb9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 The **locusts** are insects that fly together in large groups. People fear them because they can eat up the leaves in gardens and on trees. If your readers would not be familiar with what **locusts** are, in your translation you could use the name of a similar flying insect in your culture, or you could use a general expression. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +9:3 a4e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐδόθη αὐταῖς ἐξουσία, ὡς ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ σκορπίοι 1 These **scorpions** have the ability to sting and poison people. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “ability was given to them as scorpions have power" or "they have the ability to sting people as scorpions do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +9:3 va04 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐταῖς ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: "God gave to them power" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:3 mjf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκορπίοι 1 A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger on its tail. Its sting is extremely painful and the pain lasts a long time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -9:4 cl6p ἐρρέθη αὐταῖς, ἵνα μὴ ἀδικήσουσιν τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ πᾶν χλωρὸν, οὐδὲ πᾶν δένδρον 1 Ordinary locusts were a terrible threat to people because when they swarm, they can eat up all the grass and all the leaves on plants and trees. These locusts were told not to do this. -9:4 pb9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 The phrase “to damage” or “to harm” is understood. Alternate translation: “but only to harm the men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -9:4 gi1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **seal** refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. See how you translated “seal” in [Revelation 7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the marker of God” or “stamp of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:4 tl6n μετώπων 1 The **forehead** is the top of the face, above the eyes. -9:5 rui1 ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **them** refers to the locusts. ([Revelation 9:3](../09/03.md)) +9:4 cl6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη αὐταῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The text does not say who **told** these locusts to not damage the earth's vegetation, but it implies that God commanded the locusts to not damage the world's vegetation. Alternate translation: “God told them” or “God commanded them" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +9:4 pb9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but only harm the men” “but only damage the men”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +9:4 tz3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, here and in several other places in this chapter John uses the masculine word **men** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +9:4 gi1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **seal** refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. See how you translated “seal” in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the marker of God” or “the stamp of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +9:4 tl6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μετώπων 1 The **forehead** is the top of the face, above the eyes. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **forehead** is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable term for **forehead** in your culture or you could use a general expression. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +9:5 rui1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Here, **them** refers to the locusts in [9:3](../09/03.md). The text does not say who did allow the locusts to kill the people, but it implies that God commanded the locusts to not kill the people. Alternate translation: "God did not permit them to kill lthem" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:5 vfj7 αὐτούς 1 Here, **them** refers to the people whom the locusts were stinging. -9:5 nm7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βασανισθήσονται μῆνας πέντε 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase **will be tormented**, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the locusts will torment the people for five months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:5 a3dw βασανισθήσονται 1 Alternate translation: “will suffer terrible pain” -9:5 qtk9 βασανισμὸς σκορπίου 1 A **scorpion** is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. -9:6 p4mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν αὐτόν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **death**, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “people will try to find a way to die, but will not find it” or “people will try to kill themselves, but will not find a way to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:6 f1b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification φεύγει ὁ θάνατος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 John speaks of **death** as if it were a person or animal that could run away. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to die” or “they will not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -9:7 zh82 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThese locusts did not look like ordinary locusts. John describes them by telling how parts of them looked like other things. -9:10 mac3 ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς 1 Here, **they** refers to the locusts. -9:10 qdc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοίας σκορπίοις καὶ κέντρα 1 A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “with stingers like scorpion stingers” or “with stingers that could cause terrible pain as scorpion stingers can” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -9:10 lim1 ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε 1 This could mean: (1) they had power for five months to harm people. (2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months. -9:11 fiu6 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). -9:11 bkg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀβαδδών & Ἀπολλύων 1 Both **Abaddon** and **Apollyon** mean “Destroyer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -9:12 ts26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ 1 Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -9:13 cyb6 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe sixth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. -9:13 x4md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνὴν μίαν ἐκ 1 The **voice** refers to the one who was speaking. John does not say who the speaker was, but it may have been God. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -9:13 q3a3 τῶν κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ 1 These are horn-shaped extensions at each of the four corners of the top of the **altar**. -9:14 iq5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche λέγουσαν 1 This one who is speaking is the voice in verse 13. Alternate translation: “the voice said” or “the speaker said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -9:14 su17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους, τοὺς δεδεμένους 1 The text does not say who has **bound** the **angels**, but it implies that God told someone to bind them. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God has commanded them to bind” or “the four angels whom God has commanded someone to bind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:15 ijx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel released the four angels who had been prepared for that hour and day and month and year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:15 p3w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God had prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:15 b3d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 These words are used to show that there is a specific, chosen time and not just any time. Alternate translation: “for that exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -9:16 h8uf General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nSuddenly, a huge number of soldiers on horseback appear in John’s vision. John is no longer speaking about the four angels mentioned in the previous verse. -9:16 ays5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers δύο μυριάδες μυριάδων 1 Some ways to express **two myriads** are: “two hundred million” or “two hundred thousand thousand” or “twenty thousand times ten thousand.” If your language does not have a specific number for this, you could also see how you translated a similar large number in [Revelation 5:11](../05/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -9:17 j5n9 πυρίνους 1 See how you translated this in [Revelation 6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “red like fire” or “bright red” -9:17 pqe8 θειώδεις 1 Alternate translation: “yellow like sulfur” or “bright yellow like sulfur” -9:18 x4fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 See how you translated “A third” in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “One third of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -9:20 xf3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the plagues had not killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:20 d3vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύνανται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν 1 This phrase reminds us that idols are not alive and do not deserve to be worshiped. But the people did not stop worshiping them. Alternate translation: “even though these idols cannot see, hear, or walk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -10:intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven thunders\n\nJohn here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### “The mystery of God”\n\nThis refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJohn uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -10:1 xr6f General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a vision of a mighty angel holding a scroll. In John’s vision he is viewing what is happening from earth. This takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. -10:1 jj2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην 1 John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing **a cloud** as his clothing. This expression may be understood as metaphor. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it might be understood as a literally true statement in its context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -10:1 qax6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 John compares the brightness of **his face** with the brightness of **the sun**. Alternate translation: “his face was bright like the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -10:1 p81x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὡς στῦλοι πυρός 1 Here, **feet** refers to the legs. Alternate translation: “his legs were like pillars of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -10:3 ubb9 καὶ ἔκραξεν 1 Alternate translation: “then the angel shouted” -10:3 r4j6 ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ 1 The **seven thunders** are described as if they were people who could speak. Alternate translation: “the seven thunders made a loud noise” or “the thunder sounded very loudly seven times” -10:3 qag8 ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ 1 This may refer to thunder occurring **seven** times, yet being spoken of as if it were **seven** different **thunders**. -10:4 az1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, **voice** refers to words spoken by someone other than the angel. Alternate translation: “but I heard someone speaking from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -10:5 l5xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἦρεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τὴν δεξιὰν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 He **raised his right hand to heaven** to show that he was swearing by God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -10:6 t2f6 ὤμοσεν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 Alternate translation: “and he asked that what he was going to say would be confirmed by the one who lives forever and ever” -10:6 gmm8 τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 Here, **the one who lives forever and ever** refers to God. -10:6 egm1 χρόνος οὐκέτι ἔσται 1 Alternate translation: “There will be no more waiting” or “God will not delay” -10:7 c5gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐτελέσθη τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will accomplish his mystery” or “God will complete his secret plan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -10:8 t61f Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn hears the voice from heaven, which he had heard in [Revelation 10:4](../10/04.md), speak to him again. -10:8 v6a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, **voice** refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “the one I heard speak from heaven” or “the one who had spoken to me from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -10:8 tkq7 ἤκουσα 1 John heard. -10:9 x13b λέγει μοι 1 Alternate translation: “the angel said to me” -10:9 tg31 πικρανεῖ σου τὴν κοιλίαν 1 This refers to a bad taste from the **stomach** after eating something that is not good. Alternate translation: “it will make your stomach sour” -10:11 ahb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γλώσσαις 1 Here, **tongues** refers to the people who speak the languages. Alternate translation: “many language communities” or “many groups of people who speak their own languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.\n\n### Woe\n\nJohn describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Gentiles\n\nThe word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Two witnesses\n\nScholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### Bottomless pit\n\nThis image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) -11:1 ba9b General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. -11:1 lkn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “sSomeone gave me a reed like a measuring rod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι & λέγων 1 Here, **me** refers to John. -11:1 ha6e τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Alternate translation: “count those who worship in the temple” -11:2 jae6 πατήσουσιν 1 To **trample** to treat something as worthless by walking on it. -11:3 h8vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους 1 You can make it explicit why they will wear **sackcloth**. Alternate translation: “wearing rough mourning clothes” or “wearing scratchy clothes to show that they are very sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:4 pa44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς γῆς ἑστῶτες 1 The **two olive trees** and the **two lampstands** symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “The two olive trees and the two lampstands that have stood before the Lord of the earth represent these witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -11:4 p6mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ 1 John expects his readers to know about the **two olive trees and the two lampstands** because many years earlier another prophet had written about them. Alternate translation: “the two olive trees and the two lampstands, told about in scripture, that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:5 nr2s πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Because this is about future events, you can state this in the future tense. Alternate translation: “fire will come out of their mouth and devour their enemies” -11:5 ab6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῦρ & κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fire** burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: “fire … will destroy their enemies” or “fire … will completely burn up their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:6 cac1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ 1 John speaks of **the sky** as if it had a door that someone can open to let **rain** **fall** or close to stop the rain. Alternate translation: “to keep rain from falling from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:6 a7ed στρέφειν 1 Alternate translation: “to change” -11:6 kth7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ 1 John speaks of the plagues as if they were a stick that someone could hit the earth with. Alternate translation: “to cause all kinds of trouble to occur on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:7 i679 Ἀβύσσου 1 The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). -11:8 r45p τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν 1 Here, **their corpses** refers to the bodies of the two witnesses. -11:8 p9fu ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 The city had more than one **street**. This was a public place where people could see them. Alternate translation: “in one of the streets of the great city” or “in the main street of the great city” -11:8 iea1 ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν 1 They served the **Lord**, and like him, would die in that city. -11:9 h3i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἥμισυ 1 Alternate translation: “three full days and one half day” or “3.5 days” or “3-1/2 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -11:9 bp61 τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀφίουσιν τεθῆναι εἰς μνῆμα 1 They will leave their bodies in the street as a sign of disrespect. -11:10 dm89 χαίρουσιν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς, καὶ εὐφραίνονται 1 Alternate translation: “will rejoice and celebrate that the two witnesses have died” -11:10 trs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction δῶρα πέμψουσιν ἀλλήλοις 1 Sending **gifts to one another** shows how happy the people were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -11:10 h4pq ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ δύο προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 This is the reason that the people will be so happy that the witnesses have died. -11:11 x3gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμισυ 1 Alternate translation: “three full days and one half day” or “3.5 days” or “3-1/2 days.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -11:11 al5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτούς 1 The ability to breathe is spoken of as if it were something that can go into people. Alternate translation: “God will cause the two witnesses to breathe again and live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:11 u265 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of as if it were a object that can fall on people. Alternate translation: “those who see them will be extremely afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:12 f8ze καὶ ἤκουσαν 1 Here, **they heard** could mean: (1) the two witnesses will hear. (2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses. -11:12 mkq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, **a loud voice** refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly to them from heaven and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:12 l1x7 λεγούσης αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “saying to the two witnesses” -11:13 fa14 οἱ λοιποὶ 1 Alternate translation: “those who do not die” or “those who are still living” -11:13 f4r2 ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “said that the God of heaven is glorious” -11:14 l7jp ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν 1 See how you translated “The first woe is past” in [Revelation 9:12](../09/12.md). Alternate translation: “The second terrible event is over” -11:14 j1m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη ἔρχεται ταχύ 1 Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. Alternate translation: “The third woe will happen soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:15 l1be Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe last of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. -11:15 sxx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος 1 This is the last of the seven angels. See how you translated **seventh** in [Revelation 8:1](../08/01.md). The word **seventh** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the final angel” or “angel number seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -11:15 zt2f ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι 1 The phrase **loud voices** represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said” -11:15 jsm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **kingdom** refers to the authority to rule **the world**. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world has become the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:15 en51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, **the world** refers to every person in **the world**. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:15 sw4u ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world” -11:16 s2nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fell upon their faces** is an idiom that means they lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -11:17 dw6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish σοι, Κύριε ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 You can state these phrases as sentences. Alternate translation: “you, Lord God, the ruler over all. You are the one who is, and you are the one who was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -11:17 fq4b ὁ ὢν 1 Alternate translation: “the one who exists” or “the one who lives” -11:17 ea29 ὁ ἦν 1 Alternate translation: “who has always existed” or “who has always lived” -11:17 fe2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην 1 If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can state explicitly what God did with his **great power**. Alternate translation: “you have defeated with your power everyone who has rebelled against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:18 qw72 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe words **you** and **your** refer to God. -11:18 iv5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὀργή σου 1 Existing in the present is spoken of as having **come**. Alternate translation: “you are ready to show your anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:18 h833 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν κριθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to judge the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:18 zk1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the nominal adjective **dead**, you can state it as a verb or adjective. Alternate translation: “for those who have died” or “for the dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -11:18 k3ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to those who fear you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:19 c7pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone opened God’s temple in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:19 d9z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:19 b6ly ἀστραπαὶ 1 Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). -11:19 ap5g φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταὶ 1 Here, **loud sounds and crashes of thunder** refers to the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). -12:intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Serpent\n\nThe Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “A great sign was seen in heaven”\n\nBy using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say “A great sign appeared in heaven.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) -12:1 n4ii General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a woman who appears in his vision. -12:1 j9yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:3 y4c1 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn describes a dragon that appears in his vision. -12:3 s1j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -12:4 ii1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον 1 See how you translated this in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “one third” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -12:5 zr5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιμαίνειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 Here, ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with an iron rod**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:5 kfr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡρπάσθη τὸ τέκνον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God quickly took her child to himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:7 wh37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -12:8 uj6a οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 Alternate translation: “so the dragon and his angels could no longer stay in heaven” -12:9 pk5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 You can give the information about the serpent in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: “the great dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -12:9 v1tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon—the ancient serpent, who people also call the devil and Satan—and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:10 jb7z ἤκουσα 1 The word **I** refers to John. -12:10 i112 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 Here, the **voice** refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying loudly from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:10 nt1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his **salvation** and **power** were things that **have come**. God’s ruling and Christ’s authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: “Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:10 a5fm ἐγένετο 1 God is revealing these things because their time to occur has **come**. It is not that they did not exist before. Alternate translation: “have begun to really exist” or “have appeared” or “have become real” -12:10 yg1a ἐβλήθη ὁ κατήγορος τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 Here, **the accuser of our brothers** is the dragon that was thrown down in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md). -12:10 a9wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 Fellow believers are spoken of as if they were **brothers**. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:10 jn6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός 1 These two parts of the day are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -12:11 qmg8 αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “they conquered the accuser” -12:11 zt7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **the blood** refers to the death of the Lamb. Alternate translation: “because the Lamb had shed his blood and died for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:11 lht6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you can express it with the verb “testify” and you can state who they testified. Alternate translation: “by what they said when they testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:11 kuj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can state explicitly what they testified. Alternate translation: “by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:11 n6wk ἄχρι θανάτου 1 The believers told the truth about Jesus, even though they knew that their enemies might try to kill them because of it. Alternate translation: “but they kept testifying even though they knew that they might die for it” -12:13 x7st rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ὅτι ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the dragon realized that God had thrown him out of heaven and sent him to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:13 kgv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ὁ δράκων 1 The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -12:14 sxw1 τοῦ ὄφεως 1 Here, **the serpent** is another way of referring to the dragon. -12:15 c73v ὄφις 1 Here, **the serpent** is the same being as the dragon mentioned earlier in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md). -12:15 y5ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ποταμόν 1 The water flowed from his mouth **like a river** flows. Alternate translation: “in large volume” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -12:15 a9wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον ποιήσῃ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he might sweep her away with a flood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:16 i4u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the earth** is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a **mouth** that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: “a hole in the ground opened up and the river from the dragon went down into the hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -12:16 lgt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -12:17 f754 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -12:17 t6jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “who continue to testify about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Similes\n\nJohn uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Unknown animals\n\nJohn uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -13:1 su49 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. Here, **I** refers to John. -13:2 k6qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -13:2 xa3a ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ 1 The **dragon** made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose **his power**, however, by giving it to the beast. -13:2 c4wx ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην 1 The words **power**, **throne**, and **authority** are three ways of referring to the dragon’s authority, and together they emphasize that the authority was great. -13:2 gyv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **throne** refers to the dragon’s authority to rule as king. Alternate translation: “his royal authority” or “his authority to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:3 yt22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but its fatal wound healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:3 ba2z ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 This is an injury that is serious enough to cause a person to die. Alternate translation: “deadly wound” -13:3 jc7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅλη ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **the whole earth** refers to all the people who live anywhere on it. Alternate translation: “all the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:3 xx3h ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου 1 Alternate translation: “obeyed the beast” -13:4 t15f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage δράκοντι 1 The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -13:4 yuu8 ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ 1 Alternate translation: “he had caused the beast to have as much authority as he had” -13:4 ep4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ, καὶ τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 This question shows how amazed they were about the beast. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is as powerful as the beast or able to fight against it and win!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -13:5 p2n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ & ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:5 y29e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν 1 Being **given a mouth** refers to being allowed to speak. Alternate translation: “the beast was allowed to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:6 ru6v εἰς βλασφημίας πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 Alternate translation: “to say disrespectful things about God” -13:6 k71y βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ, τοὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ σκηνοῦντας 1 These phrases tell how the beast spoke blasphemies against God. -13:7 fyp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave authority to the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:7 f5rl πᾶσαν φυλὴν, καὶ λαὸν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος 1 This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md). -13:8 nr7r προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “will worship the beast” -13:8 vyy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς 1 This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone whose names the Lamb did not write in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:8 nj7e ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 Alternate translation: “when God created the world” -13:8 vac6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 A lamb is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -13:8 bcu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people slaughtered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:9 tdy8 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThese verses are a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he give a warning to the people reading his account. -13:9 rr9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, **has an ear** is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:9 tx89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -13:10 r6sx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν 1 This expression means that someone has decided who should be taken. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you may state explicitly who decided it. Alternate translation: “If God has decided that someone should be taken captive” or “If it is God’s will that someone should be taken into captivity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:10 ilzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **captivity**, you can express it with the verb “capture.” Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for a certain person to captured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:10 ipw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to capture a certain person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:10 mtu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτενεῖ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to kill a certain person with a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:10 cdi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 Here, **the sword** represents war. Alternate translation: “in war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:10 d2rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεῖ αὐτὸν & ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the enemy will kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:10 pk8r ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ καὶ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων 1 Alternate translation: “God’s holy people must endure patiently and be faithful” -13:11 pg7g Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn begins to describe another beast who appears in his vision. -13:11 e7aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων 1 Harsh speech is spoken of as if it were the roar of **a dragon**. Alternate translation: “it spoke harshly like a dragon speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -13:11 k9g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -13:12 a2fp τὴν γῆν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας 1 Alternate translation: “everyone on the earth” -13:12 ys3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the one who had a lethal wound that healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:12 jc77 ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 This was an injury that was serious enough that it could have made him die. Alternate translation: “deadly wound” -13:13 z2ws ποιεῖ 1 Alternate translation: “the beast from the earth performed” -13:15 dl87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God permitted the beast from the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:15 cw55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 Here, **breath** represents life. Alternate translation: “to give life to the beast’s image” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:15 dey8 τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 This is **the image** of the first **beast** that had been mentioned. -13:15 ruk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ποιήσῃ ὅσοι ἐὰν μὴ προσκυνήσωσιν τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου ἀποκτανθῶσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “might put to death anyone who refused to worship the first beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:16 h9u9 καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας 1 Alternate translation: “And the beast from the earth also forced everyone” -13:17 t7wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μή τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου 1 The implicit information is that the beast from the earth commanded these things. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded that people could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:17 j8x4 τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου 1 The **mark** indicated that the person who received it worshiped **the beast**. -13:18 i46m General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse is a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he gives another warning to the people reading his account. -13:18 uk74 ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν 1 Alternate translation: “Wisdom is needed” or “You need to be wise about this” -13:18 z8tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **insight**, you can express it with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:18 ri1y ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου 1 Alternate translation: “he should discern what the number of the beast means” or “he should figure out what the number of the beast means” -13:18 bbn2 ἀριθμὸς & ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 The **number** could represent: (1) one person. (2) all of humanity. -14:intro q71v 0 # Revelation 14 General Notes\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) -14:1 e7u7 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe word **I** refers to John. -14:1 ck6y Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb. -14:1 a3kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -14:1 uc96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -14:1 z963 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “on whose foreheads the Lamb and his Father had written their names” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:1 rf47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -14:2 hwu4 φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “a sound from heaven” -14:3 sz1f ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν καινὴν 1 This phrase explains what the sound was that John heard in verse 2. Alternate translation: “that sound was a new song that they sang” or “the sound was the 144,000 people singing a new song” -14:3 ii11 τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 See how you translated “living creature” in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md) -14:3 m75y τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here, **the elders** refers to the twenty-four elders around the throne. See how you translated “elders” in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). -14:3 q6fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -14:4 jet6 μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν 1 This could mean: (1) they have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman. (2) they have never had sexual relations with a woman. Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols. -14:4 a7ir παρθένοι 1 This could mean: (1) they did not have sexual relations with a woman who was not their wife. (2) they are virgins. -14:4 q3hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγει 1 Doing what the Lamb does is spoken of as following him. Alternate translation: “they do whatever the Lamb does” or “they obey the Lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -14:4 mlw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ 1 Here, **firstfruits** is a metaphor for the first offering to be made to God in celebration of harvest. Alternate translation: “have been purchased out of the midst of the rest of mankind as a special celebration of salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -14:5 ga8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 Here, **their mouth** refers to “what they said.” Alternate translation: “they never lied when they spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:6 n1fr Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn begins to describe the next part of his vision. This is the first of three angels who proclaim judgment on the earth. -14:6 pp1l πᾶν ἔθνος, καὶ φυλὴν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ λαόν 1 This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md). -14:7 cj5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the hour** represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having **come** is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. Alternate translation: “now is the time that God has chosen for judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -14:7 reu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “it is now the time for God to judge people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:8 b18s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 The angel speaks of **Babylon** having been destroyed as if it had **fallen**. Alternate translation: “Babylon the great has been destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -14:8 jh3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 This was probably a symbol for the city of Rome, which was large, wealthy, and sinful. Alternate translation: “Babylon the large city” or “the important city of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -14:8 kg1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἣ & πεπότικεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:8 ldz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἣ ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πεπότικεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **to drink from the wine** is a symbol for participating in her sexually **immoral passion**. Alternate translation: “to be sexually immoral like her” or “to get drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -14:8 v3zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -14:8 bey2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 Here, **immoral passion** may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -14:10 qw28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage καὶ αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **to drink from the wine of the wrath of God** is a symbol for being punished by God. Alternate translation: “will also drink some of the wine that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -14:10 fe83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has poured full strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:10 bb38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 This means that the wine has no water mixed into it. It is strong, and a person who drinks much of it will get very drunk. As a symbol, it means that God will be extremely angry, not just a little angry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -14:10 zl4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 This symbolic **cup** holds the wine that represents God’s **anger**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -14:11 dds6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 The phrase **their torment** refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: “the smoke from the fire that torments them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:11 z5ea οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 Alternate translation: “they have no relief” or “the torment does not stop” -14:12 me1j ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 13:10](../13/10.md). -14:12 wo34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -14:13 x62q οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ & ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 Alternate translation: “those who die” -14:13 hy1a οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 This may refer to believers who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: “who are united to the Lord and die” or “who die because they are united to the Lord” -14:13 v4xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὰ & ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 These **deeds** are spoken of as if they were alive and able to **follow** those who did them. This could mean: (1) others will know the good deeds these people have done. (2) God will reward them for their deeds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -14:14 ft6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn begins to describe the next part of his vision. This part is about the Son of Man harvesting the earth. Harvesting the grain is a symbol of God’s judging people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -14:14 gvw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, the expression **a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -14:14 l89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δρέπανον ὀξύ 1 A **sickle** is a tool with a curved blade used for cutting grass, grain, and vines (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:15 v6dy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “came out of the heavenly temple” -14:15 v2xf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι 1 Existing in the present is spoken of as having **come**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -14:16 nt7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he harvested the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:18 jp7l ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός 1 Here, **authority over** refers to responsibility to tend **the fire**. -14:19 f3mn τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν 1 Alternate translation: “the large wine vat where God will show his wrath” -14:20 b1bw ληνὸς 1 This is “the great winepress” of [Revelation 14:19](../14/19.md). -14:20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 Alternate translation: “as high as the bridle in a horse’s mouth” -14:20 m2i9 τῶν χαλινῶν 1 A **bridle** is device made of leather straps that goes around a horse’s head and is used for directing the horse. -14:20 gdl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 Alternate translation: “one thousand six hundred stadia” or “sixteen hundred stadia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -14:20 dbz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 A “stadium” is 185 meters. The plural form of “stradium” is **stadia**. In modern measures this would be about “300 kilometers” or “200 miles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -15:intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Victorious over the beast”\n\nThese people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”\n\nScripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### Songs\n\nThe Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. -15:1 p98c General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse is a summary of what will happen in 15:6-16:21. -15:1 l345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν 1 The words **great** and **marvelous** have similar meanings and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “something that greatly amazed me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -15:1 w6lf ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ 1 Alternate translation: “seven angels who had authority to send seven plagues on the earth” -15:1 mw7g τὰς ἐσχάτας 1 Alternate translation: “and after them, there will not be any more plagues” -15:1 ij3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for these plagues will complete the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:1 gdt5 ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This could mean: (1) these plagues will show all of God’s anger. (2) after these plagues, God will no longer be angry. -15:2 ytq6 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nHere John begins to describe his vision of the people who had been victorious over the beast and who are praising God. -15:2 n9yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην 1 You can state explicitly how it was like **glass** or **a sea**. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -15:2 pt8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ 1 You can state explicitly how they were **victorious**. Alternate translation: “who had been victorious over the beast and his image by not worshiping them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:2 dbz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 You can state explicitly how they were victorious over **the number**. Alternate translation: “over the number representing his name by not being marked with that number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:2 lra7 τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 This refers to **the number** described in [Revelation 13:18](../13/18.md). -15:3 l5hu ᾄδουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “those who had been victorious over the beast were singing” -15:4 hh87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ, Κύριε, καὶ δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι μόνος ὅσιος? 1 This question is used to show their amazement at how great and glorious the Lord is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Lord, everyone will fear you and glorify your name because you are holy!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -15:4 j9gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 The phrase **your name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “glorify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -15:4 ei9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερώθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have made everyone know about your righteous deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:5 v4ye Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe seven angels with the seven plagues come out of the most holy place. They were spoken of previously in [Revelation 15:1](../15/01.md). -15:5 da6n μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Alternate translation: “after the people finished singing” -15:6 f9gq οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγὰς 1 These **seven angels** were seen as **holding** **seven plagues** because in [Revelation 17:7](../17/07.md) they are given seven bowls full of the wrath of God. -15:6 nei2 λίθον 1 Linen is a fine, expensive cloth made from flax. -15:6 w9kw ζώνας χρυσᾶς 1 A sash is a decorative piece of cloth worn on the upper body. -15:7 s4dj τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md) -15:7 z1wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The word **wrath** here refers to punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of something that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -15:8 s67r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until the seven angels finished sending the seven plagues to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple”\n\nThis is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.\n\n### Seven bowls of God’s wrath\n\nThis chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThe tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.\n\n### Armageddon\n\nThis is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -16:1 nj83 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God’s wrath. -16:1 t995 ἤκουσα 1 Here, **I** refers to John. -16:1 k2nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: “bowls full of something that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -16:2 n7mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:2 e66u ἕλκος κακὸν καὶ πονηρὸν 1 These could be infections from diseases or injuries that have not healed. -16:2 nux1 τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 The **mark of the beast** was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md). -16:3 nc6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:3 sx66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here, **the sea** refers to all the salt water lakes and oceans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -16:4 p4ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:4 xu1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων 1 This refers to all bodies of fresh **water**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -16:5 f35a τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων 1 This could refers to: (1) the third **angel** who was in charge of pouring out God’s wrath on the rivers and springs of water. (2) another **angel** who was in charge of all the waters. -16:5 e45u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δίκαιος εἶ 1 Here, **You** refers to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -16:5 itg7 ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “God who is and who was” -16:6 b6wa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν 1 Here, **poured out the blood** means they killed them. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:6 jy6a καὶ αἷμα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας πιεῖν 1 God will make the evil people **drink** the waters that he turned to **blood**. -16:7 p4c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤκουσα τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος 1 Here, **altar** here refers perhaps to someone at the altar. “I heard someone at the altar reply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:8 nne6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:8 l6n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 John speaks about the sun as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -16:8 jf31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and caused the sun to severely burn the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:9 i2du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the extreme heat burned them badly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:9 pr4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the name of God** represents God. Alternate translation: “they blasphemed God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:9 aza1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας 1 This phrase reminds readers of something they already know about **God**. It helps to explain why the people were blaspheming God. Alternate translation: “God because he has the power over these plagues” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -16:9 rd4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας 1 This refers to the power to inflict **these plague** on people, and the power to stop the plagues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -16:10 f1pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:10 a2ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου 1 The **throne of the beast** is where the beast reigns from. It may refer to the capital city of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:10 hit6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the contents of the bowl made the kingdom of the beast dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:10 pb1u ἐμασῶντο 1 Here, **they** refers to the people in the beast’s kingdom. -16:11 kna6 ἐβλασφήμησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the people in the beast’s kingdom. -16:12 kv5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:12 amf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν Εὐφράτην, καὶ ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. You can also make it into two sentences. Alternate translation: “the Euphrates, and caused its water to dry up” or “the Euphrates. Its water dried up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:13 bb6d ὡς βάτραχοι 1 A frog is a small animal that lives near water. Jews considered them unclean animals. -16:13 ai28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ δράκοντος 1 A **dragon** is a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -16:15 u3v8 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerse 15 is a break from the main story line of John’s vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16. -16:15 l16g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit (ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης; μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ.) 1 This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. You can state explicitly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -16:15 lgi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as **a thief** comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -16:15 b6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). However, the occurence of the word here in this verse has a special sense of holding on to something so as not to give it up or lose it. The meaning is close or similar to the meaning found in the second instance of the word in [Revelation 3:10](../03/10.md). Thus, the translator should attempt to distinguish the translation of the word here from the other instances of the word in the book of Revelation, as the UST distinguishes here in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -16:15 an84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -16:15 cia7 τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 Some versions translate this phrase as, “keeps his garments with him.” -16:15 qwa2 βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Here the word **they** refers to other people. -16:16 m2v7 συνήγαγεν αὐτοὺς 1 Alternate translation: “the spirits of the demons brought the kings and their armies together” -16:16 cdx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place that people call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:16 x6ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἁρμαγεδών 1 **Armageddon** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -16:17 ny8p Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe seventh angel pours out the seventh bowl of God’s wrath. -16:17 nhs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:17 a15p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ μεγάλη ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου 1 This means someone sitting on **the throne** or someone standing near the throne spoke loudly. It is unclear who is speaking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:18 x586 ἀστραπαὶ 1 Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). -16:18 c9fa φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί 1 These **sounds and crashes** are the loud noises that **thunder** makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). -16:19 q8lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγένετο ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη εἰς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the earthquake split the great city into” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:19 r2vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten. Alternate translation: “then God remembered Babylon the Great” or “then God thought of Babylon the Great” or “then God started to pay attention to Babylon the Great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:19 g6s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the wine** is a symbol of his **wrath**. Making people drink it is a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “he made the people of that city drink the wine that represents his wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -16:20 byn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 The inability to see any **mountains** is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -16:21 i43r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 You may convert the **talent** to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -17:intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Prostitute\n\nScripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### Seven hills\n\nThis possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up”\n\nThis and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../rev/17/11.md)) -17:1 ppd7 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute. -17:1 c6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun “judgment”, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “how God will judge the great prostitute” or “how God will condemn the great prostitute”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -17:1 f7ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 Here, **the great prostitute** represents a certain sinful city. Alternate translation: “the prostitute that everyone knows about” or “a certain sinful city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -17:1 crs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a more specific word for the kind of water. Alternate translation: “on many rivers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -17:2 paa4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἐμεθύσθησαν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 Here to be **drunk from the wine of her sexual immorality** represents fully giving themselves over to doing sexually immoral acts. Alternate translation: “the people of the earth fully engaged in every kind of sexual immorality” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -17:2 f1yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 Here, **the wine** represents **sexual immorality**. Alternate translation: “her wine, that is, they were sexually immoral” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -17:2 ayw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 This may well have a double meaning: **sexual immorality** among people and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:3 hf43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν Πνεύματι 1 The setting changes from John being in heaven to being in **a wilderness**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -17:4 rw19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 A pearl is a beautiful and valuable white bead that is formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -17:5 az5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written on her forehead a name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -17:5 l75t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Βαβυλὼν ἡ Μεγάλη 1 If it needs to be made explicit that the name refers to the woman, it can be put in a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I am Babylon, the powerful one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -17:6 iq7b General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe angel begins to explain to John the meaning of the prostitute and the red beast. The angel explains these things through verse 18. -17:6 iwz1 μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος & καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος 1 Alternate translation: “was drunk because she had drunk the blood … and had drunk the blood” -17:6 yqi7 τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “of the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus” -17:6 ydi9 ἐθαύμασα 1 Alternate translation: “I was amazed” or “I was surprised” -17:7 j412 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας? 1 The angel used this question to gently scold John. If your readers would misunderstand thuis question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be astonished!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -17:8 upm7 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). -17:8 usl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “and then he will be destroyed” or “and God will destroy him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -17:8 glf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:8 r6h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names God did not write” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -17:9 p6lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mind** and **wisdom**, you can express them with “think” and “wise” or “wisely.” Alternate translation: “You need to think wisely in order to understand this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -17:9 xcyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν 1 You can state explicitly why a wise **mind** is needed. Alternate translation: “A wise mind is needed in order to understand this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -17:9 nr42 αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν 1 Here, **are** means “stand for” or “represent.” -17:10 yk93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν 1 The angel speaks of dying as falling. Alternate translation: “five kings have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:10 d2wx ὁ εἷς ἔστιν 1 Alternate translation: “one is king now” or “one king is alive now” -17:10 kw95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν 1 Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having **come**. Alternate translation: “the other has not yet become king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:10 v8vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅταν ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ μεῖναι 1 The angel speaks of someone continuing to be king as if he were remaining in a place. Alternate translation: “he can be king only for a little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:11 b1ct ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν 1 This could mean: (1) the beast rules twice: first as one of the seven kings, and then as the eighth king. (2) the beast belongs to that group of seven kings because he is like them. -17:11 w7sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were **going** to it. Alternate translation: “it will certainly be destroyed” or “God will surely destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:12 gq2m Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe angel explains the meaning of the ten horns of the beast. -17:12 n2rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μίαν ὥραν 1 If your language does not divide the day into 24 hours, you may need to use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “for a very short time” or “for a very small part of a day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -17:13 w7jb οὗτοι μίαν γνώμην ἔχουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “These all think the same thing” or “These all agree to do the same thing” -17:14 wt9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -17:14 abb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κλητοὶ, καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ, καὶ πιστοί 1 This refers to one group of people. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state the words **called** and **chosen** in active form. Alternate translation: “the called, chosen, and faithful ones” or “the ones whom God has called and chosen, who are faithful to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -17:15 f5x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσὶν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι 1 Here, **are** stands for “represent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:15 kq1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ὕδατα 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a more specific word for the kind of **water**. See how you translated “many waters” in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md). Alternate translation: “The rivers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -17:15 zsh5 ὄχλοι 1 large groups of people -17:15 ua3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γλῶσσαι 1 Here, **tongues** refers to people who speak the languages. See how you translated this in [Revelation 10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -17:16 j157 ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν 1 Alternate translation: “they will steal everything that she has and leave her with nothing” -17:16 f9as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται 1 Destroying her completely is spoken of as eating all **her flesh**. Alternate translation: “they will destroy her completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:17 y8cn ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν τῷ θηρίῳ, ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They would agree to give their power **to the beast**, but it would not be that they want to obey **God**. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give their kingdom to the beast until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose” -17:17 sb1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for desires. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -17:17 j0ts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι 1 Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it **into their hearts** to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:17 ku6m τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “their authority” or “their kingly authority” -17:17 el9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until God fulfills what he said will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -17:18 w2lu Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast. -17:18 md61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 Here, **is** stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -17:18 uy1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 When it says that the **city** rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: “the great city whose leader rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nThe angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nProphecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:1 xxe5 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nAnother angel comes down from heaven and speaks. This is a different angel than the one in the previous chapter, who spoke about the prostitute and the beast. -18:2 a2f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 The angel speaks of **Babylon** having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in [Revelation 14:8](../14/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:2 fl3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 The angel speaks of the city of Babylon as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -18:3 l5jq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **the nations** is a metonym for the people of those nations. Alternate translation: “the people of all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:3 kpp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πέπτωκαν 1 Here, drinking **from the wine of her immoral passion** is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: “have become sexually immoral like her” or “have become drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -18:3 j1at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:3 kp3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν 1 Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along **with her**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -18:3 ejc5 ἔμποροι 1 A merchant is a person who sells things. -18:3 ql37 ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς 1 Alternate translation: “because she spent so much money on sexual immorality” -18:4 nz77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄλλην φωνὴν 1 Here, **voice** refers to the speaker, which is probably either Jesus or the Father. Alternate translation: “someone else” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:5 e32w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκολλήθησαν αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The voice speaks of Babylon’s **sins** as if they were objects that could form a pile. Alternate translation: “her sins are so many they are like a pile that reaches heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:5 u2yu ἐμνημόνευσεν 1 This does not mean that God **remembered** something he had forgotten. See how you translated “called to mind” in [Revelation 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “has thought of” or “has started to pay attention to” -18:6 ec42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν 1 The voice speaks of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “Punish her as she has punished others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:6 pa62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διπλώσατε τὰ διπλᾶ 1 The voice speaks of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “punish her twice as much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:6 xba5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν 1 The voice speaks of causing others to suffer as preparing strong wine for them to drink. Alternate translation: “prepare for her the wine of suffering that is twice as strong as what she made for others” or “make her suffer twice as much as she made others suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:6 l3n5 κεράσατε & διπλοῦν 1 Here, **mix double** could mean: (1) they should prepare twice the amount. (2) they should make it twice as strong. -18:7 we2t ἐδόξασεν αὑτὴν 1 Alternate translation: “the people of Babylon glorified themselves” -18:7 yt32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “For she says to herself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:7 m3mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile κάθημαι βασίλισσα 1 She claims to be a ruler, having her own authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -18:7 dy5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor χήρα οὐκ εἰμί 1 She implies that she will not be dependent on other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:7 eh5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω 1 Experiencing mourning is spoken of as seeing **mourning**. Alternate translation: “I will never mourn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:8 u6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἥξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ αὐτῆς 1 Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:8 vkk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται 1 Being burned up by fire is spoken of as being eaten up **by fire**. Alternate translation: “she will be completely burned up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:8 tjd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “fire will completely burn her up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -18:9 lj14 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn these verses the word **her** refers to the city of Babylon. -18:9 wk13 μετ’ αὐτῆς πορνεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες 1 Alternate translation: “sinned sexually and did whatever they wanted just as the people of Babylon did” -18:10 j3ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **torment**, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that they would be tormented like Babylon” or “because they were afraid that God would torment them as he torments Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -18:10 qn81 οὐαὶ, οὐαί 1 The word **Woe** is repeated for emphasis. -18:10 hkd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ κρίσις σου 1 Existing in the present is spoken of as having **come**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:11 fe7u πενθοῦσιν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 Alternate translation: “mourn for the people of Babylon” -18:12 krs3 λίθου τιμίου, καὶ μαργαριτῶν 1 See how you translated these in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). Alternate translation: “many kinds of expensive stones” -18:12 hnk1 βυσσίνου 1 The **fine linen** is an expensive cloth made from flax. See how you translated “linen” in [Revelation 15:6](../15/06.md). -18:12 xm9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πορφύρας, καὶ σιρικοῦ, καὶ κοκκίνου 1 Purple cloth is a very dark red cloth that was very expensive at that time. Silk is a soft, strong cloth made from the fine string that silkworms make when they make their cocoons. Scarlet cloth was an expensive red cloth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -18:12 hir4 πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον 1 Alternate translation: “all kinds of containers made of ivory” -18:12 yri7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον 1 Ivory is a beautiful hard, white material that people get from the tusks or teeth of very large animals such as elephants or walruses. Alternate translation: “container made from tusks” or “container made from valuable animal teeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -18:12 b8xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαρμάρου 1 Marble is a precious stone that is used for building and to make statues, furniture, and many other things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -18:13 gz3v κιννάμωμον 1 Cinnamon is a spice that smells nice and comes from the bark of a certain kind of tree. -18:13 z894 ἄμωμον 1 Spice is a substance used to add flavor to food or a good smell to oil. -18:14 x3kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ὀπώρα 1 The **autumn fruit** refers to fruit that ripens in the fall. Here, it is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:14 a1aa τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς 1 Alternate translation: “what you wanted very much” -18:14 p7f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν 1 Not to **be found** stands for not existing. Alternate translation: “has vanished, and they will never exist again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:14 z9rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “has vanished; you will never have them again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -18:15 s4iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **fear** and **torment**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “because they will be afraid of God tormenting them they way he torments her” or “because they will be afraid of suffering the way she is suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -18:15 ii7v κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες 1 The merchants are the ones who will be **weeping and mourning loudly**. Alternate translation: “and the merchants will weep and mourn loudly” -18:16 i7ip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 Throughout this chapter, Babylon is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the great city, which was like a woman dressed in fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:16 qlo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 The merchants speak of Babylon as being **dressed in fine linen** because its people were dressed in fine linen. Alternate translation: “the great city, whose women were dressed in fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:16 nji6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that wore fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -18:16 v6q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεχρυσωμένη ἐν χρυσίῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “adorned herself with gold” or “adorned themselves with gold” or “wore gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -18:16 i5uy λίθῳ τιμίῳ 1 Alternate translation: “valuable gems” or “treasured gems” -18:16 rtm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαργαρίτῃ 1 Pearls are beautiful and valuable white beads that are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -18:17 ap3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν θάλασσαν ἐργάζονται 1 The phrase **work the sea** refers to what they do on the sea. Alternate translation: “who travel on the sea to make their living” or “who sail on the sea to different places in order to trade things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:18 v7qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ? 1 This question shows the people the importance of the **city** of Babylon. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No other city is like the great city, Babylon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -18:20 ld6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you can express it with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God has judged her for you” or “God has judged her because of the bad things she did to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -18:21 b94u Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nAnother angel begins to speak about Babylon. This is a different angel than the ones who have spoken previously. -18:21 el4e μύλινον μέγαν 1 A **millstone** large round stone used to crush grain. -18:21 dlp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 To be **thrown down** and **not be seen anymore** speaks of complete destruction of the **city**. Alternate translation: “Babylon will be completely destroyed and will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:21 kwsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will violently throw down Babylon, the great city, and it will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -18:21 kre6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 Not being **seen** here means that it will not exist. Alternate translation: “it will not exist anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:22 j6aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν, καὶ μουσικῶν, καὶ αὐλητῶν, καὶ σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one in your city will ever again hear the sound that harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -18:22 da3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe ἐν σοὶ 1 The angel speaks as if Babylon were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “in Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -18:22 c88l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 Not being **heard** here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “they will not be in your city anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:22 cu19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶς τεχνίτης οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ 1 Not being **found** there means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “no craftsman of any kind will be in your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:22 c7p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The sound of something not being **heard** means that no one will make that sound. Alternate translation: “no one will use a mill in your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:23 d3yq Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe angel who threw the millstone finishes talking. -18:23 d67i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever again hear in Babylon the happy voices of a bridegroom and a bride” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -18:23 ja6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 Not being **heard** here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “will not be in your city anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:23 q8qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς 1 The angel speaks of important and powerful people as if they were **princes**. Alternate translation: “your merchants were like princes of the earth” or “your merchants were the most important men in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -18:23 j3iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you deceived the people of the nations with your magic spells” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -18:24 s8bp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **blood** being **found** means that the people of the city were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: “in her is the guilt for the death of the prophets and saints, along with all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:24 btz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:intro h785 0 # Revelation 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Songs\n\nThe Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### Wedding celebration\n\nThe wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people. -19:1 qu5h General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is the next part of John’s vision. Here he describes the rejoicing in heaven over the fall of the great prostitute, who is the city of Babylon. -19:1 lr94 ἤκουσα 1 Here, **I** refers to John. -19:1 nk8x ἁλληλουϊά 1 The word **Hallelujah** means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” -19:2 u1rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν πόρνην τὴν μεγάλην 1 Here John refers to the city of Babylon whose wicked people rule over all the people of the earth and lead them to worship false gods. He speaks of the wicked people of Babylon as if they were a **great prostitute**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -19:2 ky99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν 1 Here, **the earth** is a metonym for its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “who corrupted the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -19:2 d9j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the blood** is a metonym that represents murder. Alternate translation: “the murder of his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -19:2 cj3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 1 Here, **he** refers to Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -19:3 jm9m εἴρηκαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the crowd of people in heaven. -19:3 h1k4 ἁλληλουϊά 1 The word **Hallelujah** means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md). -19:3 zy6e καπνὸς αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει 1 The word **her** refers to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. The **smoke** is from the fire that destroys the city. Alternate translation: “smoke rises from that city” -19:4 r43f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες 1 See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -19:4 y4qd τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα 1 See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md) Alternate translation: “the four living beings” or “the four living things” -19:4 dns7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who sat on the throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:5 w9qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν 1 Here John speaks of a **voice** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -19:5 c3lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to the speaker and all God’s servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -19:5 cck3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 Here, **fear** does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: “all you who honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -19:5 qdb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι 1 The speaker uses the words **small** and **great** together to include all of God’s people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -19:6 kq7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large **crowd** of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud **thunder**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -19:6 mdj6 ἁλληλουϊά 1 The word **Hallelujah** means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md). -19:6 e3ua ὅτι & Κύριος 1 Alternate translation: “Because the Lord” -19:7 hi52 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe voice of the crowd from the previous verse continues speaking. -19:7 api6 χαίρωμεν 1 Here, **us** refers to all of God’s servants. -19:7 m5av δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ 1 Alternate translation: “give God the glory” or “honor God” -19:7 bwf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου & ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a **wedding celebration** and his people were **his bride**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -19:7 r5xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -19:7 j6d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 Existing in the present is spoken of as having **come**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -19:7 q9e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 John speaks of God’s people as if they were a **bride** who has gotten **herself ready** for her wedding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -19:8 pz72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν 1 Here, **her** and **she** refer to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God’s people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. Alternate translation: “and it was permitted to them to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -19:8 oz7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:9 ayc4 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nAn angel begins to speak to John. This is likely the same angel who began to speak to John in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md). -19:9 l72p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & κεκλημένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people whom God invites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:9 q4ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here the angel speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people forever as if it were a **wedding supper**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -19:10 uq6h ἔπεσα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See note in [Revelation 19:3](../19/03.md). -19:10 i2yq τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου 1 Here the word **brothers** here refers to all believers, male and female. -19:10 up6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 Here holding stands for believing in or announcing. Alternate translation: “who speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -19:10 rku2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **the spirit of prophecy** refers to God’s Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “for it is the Spirit of God who gives people the power to speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -19:11 xx12 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new vision. John begins to describe a rider on a white horse. -19:11 m1qn καὶ εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν ἠνεῳγμένον 1 This imagery is used to signify the beginning of a new vision. See how you translated this idea in [Revelation 4:1](../04/01.md) and [Revelation 11:19](../11/19.md) and [Revelation 15:5](../15/05.md). -19:11 hcs8 ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 The rider is Jesus. -19:11 lp9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ 1 Here, **righteousness** refers to what is right. Alternate translation: “he judges all people and wages war according to what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -19:12 p9ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οἱ & ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρός 1 John speaks of the rider’s **eyes** as if they shone like a **flame** of fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -19:12 yhr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔχων ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and someone has written a name on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:12 kk9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ὃ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, εἰ μὴ αὐτός 1 Here, **except himself** means that he is the only one. Alternate translation: “on him, and only he knows the meaning of that name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -19:13 vny3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον βεβαμμένον αἵματι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and blood had covered his robe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:13 hdk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **Word of God** is a metonym for Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “his name is called the Message of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -19:13 p7ts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his name is also the Word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:15 m9yn ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα 1 The **sword** blade was sticking out of **his mouth**. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). -19:15 a88t πατάξῃ τὰ ἔθνη 1 Alternate translation: “he could destroy the nations” or “he could bring the nations under his control” -19:15 uq4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 John speaks of the rider’s power as if he were ruling with **an iron rod**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:5](../12/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -19:15 nb4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος 1 John speaks of the rider’s destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person **tramples** in a **winepress**. Alternate translation: “he crushes his enemies according to the wrath of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -19:15 vhk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος 1 Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: “he crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -19:16 a61a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written a name on his robe and thigh:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:17 m6dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ 1 Here, **the sun** is a metonym for the light of the sun. Alternate translation: “Then I saw an angel standing in the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -19:18 khs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων 1 The angel uses these two sets of opposite-meaning words together to refer to all people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -19:20 q83v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the rider on the white horse captured the beast and the false prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:20 gs37 τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 The **mark of the beast** was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md). -19:20 ht8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the beast and the false prophet alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:20 blr1 τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς, τῆς καιομένης ἐν θείῳ 1 Alternate translation: “place full of fire that burns with sulfur” -19:21 h6ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast’s armies with the sword that extended from his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -19:21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ & τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The **sword** blade was sticking out of **his mouth**. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). -20:intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The thousand-year reign of Christ\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### Final rebellion\n\nThis chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n### Great white throne\n\nThis chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Book of Life\n\nThis is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Hades and the lake of fire\n\nThese appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) -20:1 rkv7 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit. -20:1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Here, **I** refers to John. -20:1 c18c τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). -20:2 r6es rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τὸν δράκοντα 1 The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -20:3 xj22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 The angel **sealed** the abyss to keep anyone from opening it. Alternate translation: “sealed it to prevent anyone from opening it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -20:3 el4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μὴ πλανήσῃ & τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **nations** is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “he would not deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -20:3 y9xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will command the angel to free him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:4 lw2r General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is the next part of John’s vision. He describes suddenly seeing thrones and the souls of believers. -20:4 qzt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κρίμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God had given authority to them to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:4 u3u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν πεπελεκισμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whose heads others had cut off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:4 tut2 διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “because they had spoken the truth about Jesus and about the word of God” -20:4 xz5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “for what they taught about the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -20:4 cc1v ἔζησαν 1 Alternate translation: “they came back to life” or “they became alive again” -20:5 cw4j οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Alternate translation: “All of the other dead people” -20:5 e1pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 Alternate translation: “the end of the thousand years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -20:6 f3gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν 1 Here John describes **the second death** as a person with power. Alternate translation: “These people will not experience the second death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -20:6 v4z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος 1 The **second death** is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -20:7 y1vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λυθήσεται ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will release Satan from his prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:8 g429 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτῶν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 The comparison to **the sand of the sea** emphasizes the extremely large **number** of soldiers in Satan’s army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -20:9 jlc6 ἀνέβησαν 1 Alternate translation: “Satan’s army went up” -20:9 f4t7 τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην 1 Here, **the beloved city** refers to Jerusalem. -20:9 jhq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification κατέβη πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτούς 1 Here John speaks of **fire** as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “God sent fire from heaven to burn them up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -20:10 pif3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ διάβολος, ὁ πλανῶν αὐτοὺς, ἐβλήθη εἰς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the devil, who had deceived them, into” or “God’s angel threw the devil, who had deceived them, into” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:10 rjv1 τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ θείου 1 See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:20](../19/20.md). Alternate translation: “the lake of fire that burns with sulfur” or “place full of fire that burns with sulfur” -20:10 t5h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βασανισθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will torment them” or “the fire will torment them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:11 n8h9 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is the next part of John’s vision. He describes suddenly seeing a great white throne and the dead being judged. -20:11 pm1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὗ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐρανός 1 John describes **the earth and the heaven** as if they were people who were trying to escape God’s judgment. This means that God completely destroyed the old heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -20:11 slhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐρανός, καὶ τόπος οὐχ εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, not having a **place** means that God completely destroyed the old heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -20:12 gap2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βιβλία ἠνοίχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone opened the books” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:12 lt7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged the people who had died and now lived again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:12 vvc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “by what he had recorded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:13 ea2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς & ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 Here John speaks of **the sea**, **Death**, and **Hades** as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -20:13 bg4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν ἕκαστος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged each of the dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:13 pk3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ᾍδης 1 Here, **Hades** is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -20:14 lw6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw Death and Hades” or “God’s angel threw Death and Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:14 qv55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 The **second death** is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -20:15 c9pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη & γεγραμμένος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if God’s angel did not find a person’s name written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -20:15 wq31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw him into the lake of fire” or “the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -21:intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Second death\n\nDeath is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Book of Life\n\nThis is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### New heaven and new earth\n\nIt is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word “new” in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time. -21:1 tj16 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem. -21:1 vks1 εἶδον 1 Here, **I** refers to John. -21:2 er4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 John compares the new Jerusalem to **a bride** who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -21:3 i8za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου λεγούσης 1 The **great voice** refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly from the throne saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -21:3 gk3m ἰδοὺ 1 The word **Behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. -21:3 hpt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that God will, indeed, live among men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -21:4 w39g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, tears represent sadness. See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -21:5 rq2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν 1 Here, **these words** refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: “this message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -21:6 dq8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s eternal nature. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -21:6 mfc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 These two phrases mean that God exists from the beginning of everything to the end of it, including everything in between. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -21:6 li7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The **alpha** and the **omega** are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and who ends all things. (2) the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -21:6 bf1p ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end. (2) the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things. -21:6 wk2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ διψῶντι δώσω ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς δωρεάν 1 God speaks of a person’s desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving **water**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -21:7 vms6 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe one seated on the throne continues to speak to John. -21:8 hma7 τοῖς & δειλοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “those who are too afraid to do what is right” -21:8 k8yp ἐβδελυγμένοις 1 Alternate translation: “those who do terrible things” -21:8 zu27 τῇ λίμνῃ τῇ καιομένῃ πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ 1 See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:20](../19/20.md). Alternate translation: “the lake of fire that burns with sulfur” or “place full of fire that burns with sulfur” -21:8 k1hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος 1 The **second death** is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -21:9 cf2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν νύμφην, τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 The angel speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a **bride** who is about to marry her groom, **the Lamb**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -21:9 bil2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 A **lamb** is a young sheep. Here, **Lamb** is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -21:10 czp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἀπήνεγκέν με ἐν Πνεύματι 1 The setting changes as **the Spirit** takes John to a high mountain where he can see the city of Jerusalem. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 17:3](../17/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -21:10 fq8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 Jerusalem is a metonymy for those believers who will inhabit it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -21:11 g44j ἔχουσαν 1 This refers to the “Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven” that he described in the previous verse and not to the physical Jerusalem. -21:11 xvg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ φωστὴρ αὐτῆς ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the **brilliance** of Jerusalem by naming a specific jewel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -21:11 n51z κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 Alternate translation: “extremely clear” -21:11 vvq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἰάσπιδι 1 Jasper is a valuable stone. This **jasper** may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -21:12 qgh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπιγεγραμμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -21:14 mm12 τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **the Lamb** refers to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). -21:16 fs8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance σταδίων δώδεκα χιλιάδων 1 You may convert **12,000 stadia** to modern measures. Alternate translation: “2,200 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -21:17 eut1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τεσσάρων πηχῶν 1 You may convert **144 cubits** to modern measures. Alternate translation: “66 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -21:18 n3hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὅμοιον ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ 1 The **gold** was so **clear** that it is spoken of as if it were **glass**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -21:18 h239 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἴασπις 1 Jasper is a valuable stone. It may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -21:19 ick5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως & κεκοσμημένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone adorned the foundations of the city wall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -21:19 ke4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἴασπις & σάπφειρος & χαλκηδών & σμάραγδος 1 These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated it in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -21:20 a2tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σαρδόνυξ & σάρδιον & χρυσόλιθος & βήρυλλος & τοπάζιον & χρυσόπρασος & ὑάκινθος & ἀμέθυστος 1 These are all precious gems. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -21:21 yn6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαργαρῖται 1 Pearls are beautiful and valuable white beads that are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -21:21 g75r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς μαργαρίτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had made each of the gates from a single pearl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -21:21 vp22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν ὡς ὕαλος διαυγής 1 The **gold** was so **pure** that it is spoken of as if it was clear glass. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -21:22 m2ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & Κύριος ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 The **temple** represented God’s presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because **God** and **the Lamb** will live there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -21:23 v2m9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here the glory of Jesus, **the Lamb**, is spoken of as if it were a **lamp** that gives light to the city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -21:24 j3lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **the nations** are a metonym for the people who live in the nations. Alternate translation: “the people from all the different nations will walk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -21:24 ma5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **walk** here is a metaphor for “live.” Alternate translation: “the people from all the different nations will live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -21:25 lq1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever shut the gates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -21:26 ps25 οἴσουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “the kings of the earth will bring” -21:27 n3nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτὴν πᾶν κοινὸν, καὶ ὁ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you can state it in positive form. Alternate translation: “only what is clean will ever enter, and never anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -21:27 g7fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but only those whose names the Lamb wrote in his book of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -21:27 cw99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -22:intro e1ya 0 # Revelation 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Tree of life\n\nThere is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Alpha and omega\n\nThese are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. This would be “A and Z” in English. -22:1 b1ad Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn continues to describe the new Jerusalem as the angel shows it to him. -22:1 uu7b ἔδειξέν μοι 1 Here, **me** refers to John. -22:1 vl23 ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 Alternate translation: “the river flowing with life-giving water” -22:1 yn2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 Eternal **life** is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving **water**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:1 mxp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -22:2 l2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **the nations** refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -22:3 d5fq πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι 1 This could mean: (1) there will never be anyone there that God will **curse**. (2) there will not be anyone there who is under God’s **curse**. -22:3 by36 οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **his** and **him** could refer to: (1) God the Father. (2) both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one. -22:4 zy4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **see his face** is an idiom that refers to being in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “they will be in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -22:6 j51i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the end of John’s vision. In verse 6 the angel is speaking to John. In verse 7, Jesus is speaking. You can state this explicitly as is in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -22:6 xaw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -22:6 cr31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here, **spirits** refers to: (1) the inward disposition of the **prophets** and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” (2) the Holy Spirit who inspires the **prophets**. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -22:7 p72h ἰδοὺ 1 Here Jesus begins to speak. The word **behold** adds emphasis to what follows. -22:7 afr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. See how you translated this in [Revelation 3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -22:7 x0sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηρῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -22:8 xr17 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn tells his readers about how he responded to the angel. -22:8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of **worship**, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md). -22:9 tcs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -22:10 gqa8 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe angel finishes speaking to John. -22:10 ct48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 To **seal** a **book** was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret … this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -22:10 xc15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -22:12 idc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nAs the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -22:13 f5jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has existed and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -22:13 uup6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 These three phrases are merisms. They each represent everything included between the two ends. The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. They represent all the letters in between. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z, the first and the last, the beginning and the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -22:13 c9e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and who ends all things. (2) the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:13 cpl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:13 nnm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end. (2) the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:14 i54w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν 1 Becoming righteous is spoken of as if it were washing one’s clothing. See how you translated as similar phrase in [Revelation 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who have become righteous, as if they have washed their robes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:15 aw1h ἔξω 1 This means they are outside the city and not allowed to enter. -22:15 tkd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ κύνες 1 In that culture, **dogs** were considered to be unclean, despised animals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -22:15 h0ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ κύνες 1 Here the word **dogs** is derogatory and refers to people who are wicked. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:16 pu85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you μαρτυρῆσαι ὑμῖν 1 Here the word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -22:16 t2v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ 1 The words **root** and **descendant** mean basically the same thing. Together the words emphasize that Jesus belongs to the family of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -22:16 afw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ 1 Jesus speaks of being a **descendant** as if he were a **root** that grew out of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:16 g9uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊνός 1 Jesus speaks of himself as if he were the **bright** **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** and indicates that a new day is about to begin. See how you translated “morning star” in [Revelation 2:28](../02/28.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:17 gig5 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis verse is a response to what Jesus said. -22:17 lt8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ νύμφη 1 Believers are spoken of as if they were a **Bride** about to be married to her groom, Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:17 m9at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχου 1 Here, **Come** could mean: (1) this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: “Come and drink!” (2) this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: “Please come!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -22:17 e2m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω; ὁ θέλων λαβέτω ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν 1 A person’s desire for eternal **life** is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving **water**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:17 dwb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 Eternal **life** is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving **water**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:18 fd5l General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJohn gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation. -22:18 d95j μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ 1 Here, **I** refers to John. -22:18 s36m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Here, **the words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “this prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -22:18 jzu8 ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς πληγὰς τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy. -22:18 d4sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “which I have written about in this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -22:19 ss3y ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τοῦ βιβλίου τῆς προφητείας ταύτης, ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας, τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy. -22:20 u6mb General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn these verses John gives his and Jesus’ closing greetings. -22:20 y9p2 ὁ μαρτυρῶν 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus, who testifies” +9:5 nm7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βασανισθήσονται 1 If your language does not use a passive form such as **will be tormented**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the locusts would torment them" or "the locusts would torment the people" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +9:5 u29s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς βασανισμὸς σκορπίου, ὅταν παίσῃ ἄνθρωπον 1 The point of this comparison is the locusts bite people like scorpions sting humans, so as to give people a very similar, intense pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be as the torment of a scorpion when it would sting a man" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:5 qtk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκορπίου 1 A **scorpion** is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **scorpion** is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable insect or animal in your culture. Alternate translation: “of a stinging insect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +9:5 t3i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 See how you translated this in [9:4](../09/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +9:6 nazt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 See how you translated this in [9:4](../09/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +9:6 p4mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to live no more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +9:6 f1b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification φεύγει ὁ θάνατος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 John is speaking figuratively of **death** as if it were a person or animal that could run away or can flee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +9:7 zh82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅμοια ἵπποις ἡτοιμασμένοις εἰς πόλεμον 1 The point of this comparison is the locusts appeared ready for battle just as horses are prepared with protective covering for warfare. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was like horses arrayed for war” or "like horses made ready for war" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:7 pf0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς στέφανοι ὅμοιοι χρυσῷ 1 The point of this comparison is the locusts had **crowns like gold** that suggest victory or that they are able to conquer as if they are kings that wear crowns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “were what appeared as crowns like gold” or "were something like golden crowns" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:7 buts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς πρόσωπα ἀνθρώπων 1 The point of this comparison is the locusts had **faces** that resembled human faces on the whole head, including the ears. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “appeared to be faces of men” or "were like human faces" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:7 e5u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 See how you translated this in [9:4](../09/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +9:8 r436 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 1 In this culture women typically wore their hair long. So the point of this comparison is that the locusts had long **hair**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “hair that was long like the hair of women” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:8 r437 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτῶν ὡς λεόντων ἦσαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “their teeth were as the teeth of lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +9:8 r438 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτῶν ὡς λεόντων ἦσαν 1 The point of this comparison is the locusts had **teeth** that were large and strong, like the teeth of **lions**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “their teeth were large and strong like lions’ teeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:9 r439 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἶχον θώρακας ὡς θώρακας σιδηροῦς 1 John is speaking as if these locusts literally had **breastplates**. He probably means that the skin on the front of their bodies was very hard. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the hard skin on the front of their bodies was like iron breastplates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +9:9 r440 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile εἶχον θώρακας ὡς θώρακας σιδηροῦς 1 The point of this comparison is that the skin on the front of the locusts’ bodies was very strong, as if it were made of **iron**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hard skin on the front of their bodies was very strong, like an iron breastplate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:9 r441 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown θώρακας σιδηροῦς 1 A **breastplate** was a piece of armor that covered and protected the chest. If your readers would not be familiar with what a breastplate is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pieces of armor made of iron to protect a soldier’s chest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +9:9 r442 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ τῶν πτερύγων αὐτῶν ὡς φωνὴ ἁρμάτων ἵππων πολλῶν 1 The point of this comparison is that the **wings** of all the locusts flying around made a very loud **sound**, like **the sound of chariots**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sound of their wings was very loud, like the sound of many chariots of horses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +9:9 r443 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἁρμάτων ἵππων 1 John is using this possessive form to describe **chariots** that **horses** pull into battle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning without using a possessive form. Alternate translation: “horse-drawn chariots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +9:9 r444 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τρεχόντων εἰς πόλεμον 1 John is speaking as if these **chariots** were themselves literally **running into battle**, though it is the **horses** pulling the chariots who would be running and the drivers of the chariots who would be hurrying to get into the **battle**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose drivers are hurrying them into battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +9:10 qdc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκορπίοις 1 See how you translated the term **scorpion** in [9:6](../09/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +9:10 lim1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μῆνας πέντε 1 This could mean implicitly: (1) that the locusts had power for five months to harm people. Alternate translation: “over a period of five months” (2) that the locusts could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months. Alternate translation: “with a sting that will cause them pain for five months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +9:11 fiu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 See how you translated the term **abyss** in [9:1](../09/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +9:11 bkg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate τὸν ἄγγελον τῆς Ἀβύσσου; ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἑβραϊστὶ, Ἀβαδδών, καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ ὄνομα ἔχει, Ἀπολλύων 1 The word **Abbadon** is Hebrew name that John spells out using Greek letters so that his readers will know how it sounds. John then tells his readers a Greek name with the same meaning, **Apollyon**, so that his readers will know what it means. Both names mean Destroyer. In your translation you can spell both names the way they sound in your language and then explain their meaning. Alternate translation: “His Hebrew name is Abbadon and his Greek name is Apollyon; both names mean Destroyer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +9:12 r445 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ μία 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “woe number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +9:12 r446 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐαὶ 1 See how you translated the term **woe** in [8:13](../08/13.md). Alternate translation: “terrible event” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +9:13 r447 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ ἕκτος ἄγγελος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “angel number six” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +9:13 x4md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴν μίαν 1 John is using one part of a person, his **voice**, to represent all of the person in the act of speaking. John does not say who the speaker was, but it may have been God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +9:13 q3a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κεράτων 1 John is referring to the horn-shaped extensions that were at each of the four corners of the top of the altar. He calls them **horns** by association with their shape. If it would be clearer for your readers, in your translation you could just refer to the “corners” of the altar, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +9:13 r448 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. The Jews believed that God was especially present at his **altar**. Alternate translation: “that is in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +9:14 r449 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀγγέλῳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to angel number six” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +9:14 su17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς δεδεμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The text does not say who **bound** these **four angels**, but it implies that God did it or commanded his own angels to do it. Alternate translation: “whom God had bound” or “whom God had commanded his owm angels to bind (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +9:14 r450 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Εὐφράτῃ 1 The word **Euphrates** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +9:15 ijx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sixth angel released the four angels whom God had prepared for the hour and day and month and year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +9:15 b3d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 These words all refer to specific periods of time. John is using them together to emphasize that this is a very specific time. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +9:15 r451 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 A **third** means one part out of three equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every three men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +9:16 r452 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν στρατευμάτων τοῦ ἱππικοῦ δύο μυριάδες μυριάδων; ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν. 1 John typically says **I heard** or “I saw” before describing what he heard or saw, so it might be more natural to put that information first. Alternate translation: “I heard the number of the horse soldiers; it was two myriads of myriads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +9:16 ays5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers δύο μυριάδες μυριάδων 1 A myriad is a hundred hundred or ten thousand. Express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. See how you translated a similar large number in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “200,000,000” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +9:17 j5n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy θώρακας πυρίνους, καὶ ὑακινθίνους, καὶ θειώδεις 1 John is describing the colors of the **breastplates** by association with other things that are those colors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use objects from your own culture that are these colors or express the meaning plainly. See, for example, how you translated the word “fiery” in [6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “breastplates that were fiery red, hyacinth blue, and sulfur yellow” or “bright red, dark blue, and brilliant yellow breastplates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +9:17 r453 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑακινθίνους 1 A **hyacinth** is a plant in the lily family that has dark blue flowers on spikes. If your readers would not be familiar with what a hyacinth is, in your translation you could use the name of a plant or other object in your culture that is the same color as hyacinth flowers, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “dark blue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +9:18 r454 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπὸ τῶν τριῶν πληγῶν τούτων ἀπεκτάνθησαν τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς, καὶ τοῦ καπνοῦ, καὶ τοῦ θείου, τοῦ ἐκπορευομένου ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν. 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “These three plagues of fire and of smoke and of sulfur coming out from their mouths killed a third of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +9:20 xf3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom these plagues did not kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +9:20 r455 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐκ τῶν ἔργων τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 John is using one part of these people, their **hands**, to represent all of each person in the act of doing **works**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the works they were doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +9:20 d3vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύνανται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν 1 The terms **see** and **hear** and **walk** all describe things that living beings are able to do. John is using the three terms together to emphasize that **idols** are not alive and cannot do anything for those who **worship** them. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “which are not alive at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +10:intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter John begins to describe a vision he had of a mighty angel holding a scroll. John is viewing what is happening from the perspective of earth, which is why he speaks of this angel “coming down from heaven.” This vision takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.\n\\\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven thunders\n\nIn this chapter John describes seven thunders making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### “The mystery of God”\n\nThis refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nIn this chapter John uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of a mighty angel. Translators should represent other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +10:1 r345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose clothing was a cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +10:1 jj2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην 1 John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing **a cloud** as his clothing. This expression could be understood as figurative. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it could also be understood as a literally true statement in its context. Alternate translation: “in the midst of a cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +10:1 qax6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὡς στῦλοι πυρός 1 The point of these comparisons is that the angel’s **face** was very bright, like the **sun**, and that the angel’s **feet** were glowing like **fire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these points explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The angel’s face was very bright, like the sun, and his feet were glowing as if they were on fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +10:1 p81x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ 1 Since John compares the **feet** of the angel to **pillars**, it is likely that by **feet**, he means “legs” by association. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his legs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +10:2 r346 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βιβλαρίδιον ἠνεῳγμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a little scroll that he had opened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +10:2 r347 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸν & εὐώνυμον 1 John is using the adjective **left** as a noun to mean a certain one of the angel’s feet. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his left foot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +10:3 r348 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὥσπερ λέων μυκᾶται 1 The point of this comparison is probably that the **loud voice** of the angel commanded attention like the roar of a **lion**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “in a loud voice that commanded attention as a lion’s roar does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +10:3 r349 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ 1 John speaks of these **seven thunders** as if he assumes that his readers will know what or who they are, but he has not introduced or explained them earlier in the book and interpreters are not certain of their identity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce them in such a way as to indicate that John has not identified them previously. Alternate translation: “seven thunders spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +10:3 r350 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ 1 This expression could mean that thunder **spoke** or sounded **seven** times, rather than that **seven** different **thunders spoke**. You could say that in your translation or indicate this possibility in a footnote. Alternate translation: “thunder spoke seven times” or “thunder sounded seven times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +10:3 r351 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὥσπερ λέων μυκᾶται 1 It might seem that the expression **spoke their own voices** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “in a loud voice that commanded attention like the roar of a lion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +10:4 r352 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤμελλον γράφειν 1 The implication is that John was going to write down what the seven thunders had said. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I was going to write down what they had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +10:4 r353 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σφράγισον ἃ ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταί, καὶ μὴ αὐτὰ γράψῃς 1 The voice spoke as if John should literally **seal** what the thunders said. However, since the voice then specified that John was not to write anything down, the voice meant that John should keep secret what the thunders said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Keep secret what the seven thunders said by not writing it down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +10:5 l5xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἦρεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τὴν δεξιὰν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 The angel **raised his right hand to heaven** as a symbolic action to show that he was swearing an oath by God. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “raised his right hand to heaven to show that he swearing an oath by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +10:6 gmm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that the angel is referring to God with this expression. You can indicate that explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the eternal God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +10:6 t2f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 This expression refers to endless future time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +10:6 r354 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The angel is using the three parts of creation to mean all of creation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the entire creation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +10:6 egm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom χρόνος οὐκέτι 1 In this context, the word **time** means a delay. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no further delay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +10:7 r355 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἀλλ’ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ ἑβδόμου ἀγγέλου, ὅταν μέλλῃ σαλπίζειν 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The angel is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “in the days when the seventh angel is going to sound a trumpet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +10:7 r356 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ ἑβδόμου ἀγγέλου 1 This possessive form does not describe what the **seventh angel** sounds like, it describes a **sound** that the seventh angel will make. Alternate translation: “when the seventh angel makes a sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +10:7 r357 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς φωνῆς 1 The angel is using the term **days** idiomatically to refer to a specific time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the time of the sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +10:7 c5gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐτελέσθη τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will accomplish his mystery” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +10:8 r358 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ βιβλίον τὸ ἠνεῳγμένον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ ἀγγέλου, τοῦ ἑστῶτος ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the scroll that the angel standing on the sea and on the land has opened and is holding in his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +10:10 r359 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπικράνθη ἡ κοιλία μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it made my stomach bitter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +10:11 r360 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγουσίν μοι 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent immediate context. John is using this indefinite construction to focus on what he was told rather than on who told it to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “I was told” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +10:11 r506 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet λαοῖς, καὶ ἔθνεσιν, καὶ γλώσσαις, καὶ βασιλεῦσιν πολλοῖς 1 In this context, the terms **peoples**, **nations**, **languages**, and **kings** mean similar things. John is using the four terms together to make a comprehensive statement. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every different people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +10:11 ahb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy λαοῖς, καὶ ἔθνεσιν, καὶ γλώσσαις, καὶ βασιλεῦσιν πολλοῖς 1 The angel is referring to speakers of various languages by association with the **languages** themselves, and John is referring to the subjects of various kingdoms by association with their **kings**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many peoples and nations and speakers of many languages and subjects of many kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17–18.\n\n### Woes\n\nIn [8:13](../08/13.md), an angel announced three “woes” that the people living on the earth would suffer. Chapter 9 described the first woe. This chapter describes a second one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Gentiles\n\nThe word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Two witnesses\n\nThis chapter describes two witnesses. Scholars have many different ideas about who they are. Translators do not need to understand their exact identities in order to translate this chapter accurately. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +11:1 lkn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ λέγων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was Jesus, since the same person speaks of “my two witnesses” in verse 3. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave me a reed like a measuring rod and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:1 r362 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ 1 The point of this comparison is that this **reed** was long and straight and John could use it to mark off distances as he could with a **measuring rod**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “a reed that was long and straight so that I could use it to mark off distances, as I could with a measuring rod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +11:2 r363 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν ἔξωθεν τοῦ ναοῦ, ἔκβαλε ἔξω καὶ μὴ αὐτὴν μετρήσῃς 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “do not include the courtyard outside the temple in your measurements” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +11:2 r364 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν ἔξωθεν τοῦ ναοῦ, ἔκβαλε ἔξω 1 The person who is giving John these instructions is speaking as if John should literally **cast out** the courtyard, that is, fling it away through the air. He means that John should exclude the courtyard from his measurements. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “exclude the courtyard outside the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +11:2 r365 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has given it to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:2 r366 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν 1 The person speaking with John assumes that he will understand that by **the holy city** he means Jerusalem. You could say that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +11:3 r367 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δώσω 1 The person speaking with John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I will grant authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +11:3 r368 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wearing sackcloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:3 h8vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction σάκκους 1 See how you translated the word word **sackcloth** in [6:12](../06/12.md). These **witnesses** wore sackcloth while prophesying in order to show their sorrow and grief over the sins that people were committing against God. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “sackcloth to show their grief and sorrow over sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +11:4 pa44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς γῆς ἑστῶτες 1 The **two olive trees** and the **two lampstands** symbolize these witnesses, but they are not literally the witnesses. Alternate translation: “The two olive trees and the two lampstands that stood before the Lord of the earth represent these witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +11:4 p6mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς γῆς ἑστῶτες 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that he is alluding to the vision the prophet Zechariah had of **two olive trees** and **two lampstands** in [Zechariah 4:2–6](../zec/04/02.md). In that vision, the trees and lampstands represent the governor Zerubbabel and the high priest Joshua who led the rebuilding of the temple despite opposition. In the same way, the two witnesses in John’s vision will faithfully call people to obey God despite opposition. You could indicate that explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “These two witnesses will serve God faithfully despite opposition just as Zerubbabel and Joshua did, whom the prophet Zechariah saw depicted as two olive trees and two lampstands in a vision that God gave him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +11:4 r369 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αἱ ἐνώπιον & ἑστῶτες 1 In this context, the phrase **stand before** means to stay in the presence of another person in order to serve them whenever needed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who faithfully serve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +11:5 r370 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “fire goes out from their mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +11:5 r371 τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν 1 Since John is referring to two people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **mouth**. Alternate translation: “their mouths” +11:5 ab6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 John is speaking as if **fire** literally **devours** or eats up anyone who **wishes to harm** these witnesses. He means that the fire destroys them completely. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “destroys their enemies completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +11:5 r372 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism καὶ εἴ τις θελήσῃ αὐτοὺς ἀδικῆσαι, οὕτως δεῖ αὐτὸν ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 This clause is essentially a repetition of the first clause in the verse. John is speaking in something like Hebrew poetry, which was based on this kind of repetition. It would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if such repetition would not be natural in your language, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Yes, if anyone should wish to harm them, he must be killed in this way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +11:5 r373 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεῖ αὐτὸν ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:6 cac1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ 1 John is speaking as if these witnesses could literally **close up** the sky. As he goes on to say, he means that they will be able to prevent it from raining. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to keep any rain from falling from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +11:6 r374 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὰς ἡμέρας 1 John is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:7 r375 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸ θηρίον τὸ ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 John describes this **beast** starting in [13:1](../13/01.md), so you do not need to explain anything about it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +11:8 r376 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς πόλεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that by **the great city** he means Jerusalem. You could say that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +11:8 r377 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἥτις καλεῖται πνευματικῶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which we may spiritually call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:8 r378 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἥτις καλεῖται πνευματικῶς, Σόδομα καὶ Αἴγυπτος 1 The point of these comparisons is that God once destroyed Jerusalem because its people were so wicked, like **Sodom**, and that Jerusalem oppressed people who belonged to God, like **Egypt**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “which God destroyed for wickedness as he destroyed Sodom and which oppressed God’s people as Egypt did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +11:8 r379 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν 1 John is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “their Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) +11:8 r380 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσταυρώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “suffered crucifixion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:9 r381 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet βλέπουσιν ἐκ τῶν λαῶν, καὶ φυλῶν, καὶ γλωσσῶν, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 The terms **people**, **tribe**, **language**, and **nation** mean similar things. John is using the four terms together to make a comprehensive statement. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “those from many different people groups look at” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +11:9 r382 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 1 John is referring to speakers of various languages by association with the **language** that each one speaks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those from different people groups and tribes, speakers of various languages, and those from other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:9 r383 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀφίουσιν τεθῆναι εἰς μνῆμα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they do not permit anyone to place their corpses in a tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:9 bp61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀφίουσιν τεθῆναι εἰς μνῆμα 1 Leaving the **corpses** of the witnesses in the street, rather than burying them, is a symbolic action by which the people of Jerusalem show how much they hated the witnesses. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “out of hatred they do not permit anyone to place their corpses in a tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +11:10 h4pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς χαίρουσιν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς, καὶ εὐφραίνονται, καὶ δῶρα πέμψουσιν ἀλλήλοις, ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ δύο προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because these two prophets tormented the ones living on the earth, the ones living on the earth rejoice over them and celebrate and send gifts to one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +11:10 r384 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χαίρουσιν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς, καὶ εὐφραίνονται 1 The implication is that people **rejoice over** these witnesses because they are dead. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “rejoice that they are dead, and they celebrate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +11:10 trs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction δῶρα πέμψουσιν ἀλλήλοις 1 The people will **send gifts to one another** as a symbolic action to show how happy they are that the witnesses are dead. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “send gifts to one another to show how happy they are that the witnesses are dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +11:11 al5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτούς 1 John is speaking of this **breath** as if they were a living thing that **entered into** the bodies of these witnesses on its own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to live and breathe again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +11:11 r385 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἔστησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν 1 It might seem that this expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “they stood up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +11:11 u265 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς 1 John is speaking figuratively of **fear** as if it were a living thing that actively **fell** on people who saw the witnesses alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones seeing them became greatly afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +11:12 r386 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἤκουσαν & αὐτοῖς & ἀνέβησαν & αὐτῶν 1 The pronouns **they**, **their** and **them** all refer to the witnesses, not to the people who were seeing them alive again. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the witnesses … them … the witnesses … their … them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +11:12 r387 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual ἀνάβατε ὧδε 1 Since the voice is speaking to two people, the implied “you” in the imperative **Come up** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +11:13 r388 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 John is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. He does not mean that the earthquake lasted for a full hour. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:13 r389 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ δέκατον τῆς πόλεως ἔπεσεν 1 John is not speaking of this **tenth of the city** as if it were a living thing that could fall down accidentally. He means that one **tenth** of the buildings in the city collapsed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one tenth of the buildings in the city collapsed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:13 r390 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῷ σεισμῷ, ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the earthquake killed the names of 7,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:13 r391 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά 1 Here, **names** represents people by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “7,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:13 r392 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +11:13 f4r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 This expression does not imply that God lacks glory in any way or that people have glory that they can give to God. It means the people in the city honored God, acknowledging that God was just to punish them with the earthquake for killing the two witnesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “honored the God of heaven” or “acknowledged that the God of heaven had done the right thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:14 l7jp ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν 1 See how you translated “The first woe is past” in [9:12](../09/12.md). Alternate translation: “The second terrible event is over” +11:15 sxx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “angel number seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +11:15 en51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 **The kingdom of the world** could mean: (1) the system of sinful interests and institutions all over the **world** that is opposed to God. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of our Lord and his Christ will now replace the world-wide system that formerly opposed them” (2) the right to rule the people of the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of our Lord and his Christ will now include all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:15 jsm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: (1) “Our Lord and his Christ will now rule in place of the world-wide system that formerly opposed them” or (2) “Our Lord and his Christ will now rule over all the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +11:15 r393 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 This expression refers to endless future time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:16 r394 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +11:16 r505 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 This expression means that the elders lay down facing the ground. See how you translated the similar expression in [7:11](../07/11.md). Alternate translation: “bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:17 r462 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **the one being and the one having been**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add “and who is to come.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +11:18 r396 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ ἔθνη ὠργίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the nations were furious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:18 iv5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἦλθεν ἡ ὀργή σου 1 John is speaking of God’s **wrath** as if it were a living thing that **has come** to the **nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have now decided to punish them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +11:18 r397 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἦλθεν ἡ ὀργή σου, καὶ ὁ καιρὸς 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “your wrath has come and the time has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +11:18 h833 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν κριθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to judge the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:18 zk1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 John is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +11:18 k3ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy +11:18 r398 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους 1 The elders are speaking as if unimportant people were literally **small** and as if important people were literally large or **great**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the unimportant and the important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +11:18 r399 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους 1 The elders are using the adjectives **small** and **great** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both unimportant people and important people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +11:18 r400 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους 1 The elders are using two extremes of people, **small** and **great**, to mean them and everyone in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whatever their status” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +11:18 c7pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God opened his temple in heaven and I could see the ark of the covenant of the Lord in his temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:18 r401 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 By this expression, John likely means by association that in his vision, God created some opening that allowed him to see into **the temple of God in heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God allowed me to look into his temple in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10–12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Serpent\n\nThe Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. In this chapter, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n +12:1 r040 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον μέγα ὤφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people saw a great sign in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:1 j9yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the sun was clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:2 r000 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 This expression means that the woman had a child in her **womb**, that is, she was pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +12:2 r001 κράζει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, here John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “she cried out” +12:2 r002 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὠδίνουσα, καὶ βασανιζομένη τεκεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “suffering birth pains that tormented her as she gave birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:2 r003 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὠδίνουσα, καὶ βασανιζομένη 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering terrible birth pains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +12:3 r041 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἄλλο σημεῖον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people saw another sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:3 s1j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δράκων πυρρός μέγας 1 A **dragon** is a mythical monster that looks like a giant reptile. As [12:9](../12/09.md) explains, in this book the dragon represents the devil. If your readers would not be familiar with what a dragon is, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a large red monster” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +12:4 r004 σύρει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, here John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “swept” +12:4 ii1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον 1 See how you translated this in [8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “one third” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +12:5 r005 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet υἱόν ἄρρενα 1 The terms **son** and **male** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “a boy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +12:5 r006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄρρενα 1 John is using the adjective **male** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a male child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +12:5 zr5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 John is speaking as if this child will literally use **an iron scepter** to **rule all the nations**. He means that the child will rule with great strength by association with the way that **iron** is very strong. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “with great strength” or “with irresistible power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:5 r007 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 A **scepter** was an ornamental staff or wand that rulers carried or held as a symbol of their authority. If your readers would not be familiar with what a scepter is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a royal staff made of iron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +12:5 kfr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡρπάσθη τὸ τέκνον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ πρὸς τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God snatched away her child to his throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:5 r008 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ πρὸς τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **God** tells whose **throne** this is. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “to God’s throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +12:6 r010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὅπου ἔχει ἐκεῖ τόπον ἡτοιμασμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 It might seem that this expression, which says both **where** and **there**, contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “where she has a place prepared by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +12:6 r011 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπου ἔχει ἐκεῖ τόπον ἡτοιμασμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where God has prepared a place for her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:6 r012 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τρέφωσιν αὐτὴν 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not refer to anyone in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “she might receive nourishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +12:8 r013 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the dragon, not to Michael. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the dragon was not strong enough” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +12:8 r014 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 John means by association that the dragon was **not strong enough** to prevail against Michael and his army. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was not able to prevail” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:8 r015 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “could anyone find a place for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:9 r016 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) that God threw the dragon down after his angels defeated him. Alternate translation: “God threw down the dragon” (2) that Michael threw the dragon down to earth after defeating him in the war that they fought. Alternate translation: “Michael threw down the dragon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:9 r017 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that he is alluding to the way the devil appeared in the form of a **serpent** when he tempted Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. This story is told in [Genesis 3:1-15](../gen/03/01.md). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “who tempted Adam and Eve in the form of a serpent, who is called” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +12:9 r038 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος 1 A **serpent** is the same animal that is also called a “snake.” It is a reptile that has no legs and so slithers along the ground. If your readers would not be familiar with what a serpent or snake is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “that ancient slithering reptile” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +12:9 r009 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ καλούμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:9 r018 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Διάβολος 1 The word **Diabolos** is a name for the devil. Diabolos means “accuser” in Greek. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +12:9 r019 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 The word **Satan** is a Hebrew name that means “accuser.” John spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds after giving the Greek equivalent, **Diabolos**, so that his readers will know what it means. In your translation you could spell **Satan** the way it sounds in your language and use the word for “accuser” in your own language in place of **Diabolos** so that your readers will know what it means. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +12:9 r020 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην 1 Here the term **world** refers to the people who live in the world. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:9 v1tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) that God threw the dragon down after his angels defeated him. Alternate translation: “God threw the dragon down to the earth and he threw his angels down with him” (2) that Michael threw the dragon and his angels down to earth after defeating them in the war that they fought. Alternate translation: “Michael threw the dragon down to the earth and he threw his angels down with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:10 i112 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαν 1 John is referring to someone speaking by association with the **voice** that the person is using to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying loudly from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:10 r021 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **salvation**, **power**, **kingdom**, and **authority**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “Now our God has begun to save people. He has acted powerfully to establish his reign. His Christ is reigning with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +12:10 r255 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 1 This **voice** is addressing believers, since he refers to **our brothers**, so by **our** in each instance, the person speaking means himself and his addressees. So use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +12:10 r022 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ κατήγορος τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has thrown down the accuser of our brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:10 a9wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 John is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +12:10 r474 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, here the word has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you wish to retain the figurative expression in your translation, you could word it in a way that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “our brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +12:10 jn6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός 1 The voice is using the two parts of a full day, **day** and **night**, to mean all the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +12:11 zt7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα 1 This could mean: (1) the actual **blood** that Jesus offered as a sacrifice for sin. In that case, you could use the word for “blood” in your language with literal meaning. (2) the sacrificial death of Jesus by association with the **blood** that Jesus shed when he died. Alternate translation: “the sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:11 r024 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 The voice is using the term **word** to indicate that these believers gave their **testimony** to Jesus by speaking words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that they spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:11 lht6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +12:11 n6wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἠγάπησαν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῶν ἄχρι θανάτου 1 This expression means that these believers did not **love their lives** all the way to the point where they would refuse **death** even if they needed to die in order to remain faithful to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they did not love their lives so much that they would not die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +12:12 r023 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification εὐφραίνεσθε οὐρανοὶ, καὶ οἱ ἐν αὐτοῖς σκηνοῦντες 1 The voice is speaking of the **heavens** as if they were a living thing that could **rejoice**. This may be something that readers could understand literally within the world of this vision. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “all of you who live in the heavens, rejoice in a way that can be heard throughout the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +12:12 r037 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐαὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 The voice is speaking of the **earth** and the **sea** as if they were living things that could suffer **Woe**. This may be something that readers could understand literally within the world of this vision. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “Woe to all the creatures who live on the earth and in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +12:12 r025 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀλίγον καιρὸν ἔχει 1 The voice implicitly means that the devil knows that God will soon judge and punish him and so he has **little time** left in which to resist God and try to turn people away from God. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he has little time left to keep resisting God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +12:13 x7st rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God had thrown him down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:13 r026 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸν ἄρσενα 1 John is using the adjective **male** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the male child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +12:14 r027 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν τῇ γυναικὶ δύο πτέρυγες τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God gave two wings of a great eagle to the woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:14 r028 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὅπου τρέφεται ἐκεῖ 1 It might seem that this expression, which says both **where** and **there**, contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “where she is nourished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +12:14 r029 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual καιρὸν, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ 1 Since the vision describes the approximate number of days in three and a half years (1,260) in [12:6](../12/06.md) and the number of months in three and a half years (42) in [13:5](../13/05.md), it is probable that this number is also three and a half, so **times** means “two times.” If your language uses the dual, you could put the word **times** in the dual. Otherwise, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for a time and two times and half a time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +12:14 r030 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καιρὸν, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ 1 Since this length of time during which the woman is **nourished** seems to be the same as in [12:6](../12/06.md), it seems that three and a half years is intended. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a year and two years and half a year” or “for three and a half years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +12:14 r031 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ ὄφεως 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “the presence of the serpent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:15 y5ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὕδωρ ὡς ποταμόν 1 John says that this **water** was **like a river** to emphasize how much water there was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a large volume of water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +12:15 r032 ἵνα αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον ποιήσῃ 1 Alternate translation: “in order to create a flood that would carry her away” +12:16 i4u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐβοήθησεν ἡ γῆ τῇ γυναικί 1 John is speaking of **the earth** as if it were a living thing that **helped** this **woman**. This may be something that readers could understand literally within the world of this vision. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “something happened on the earth that helped the woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +12:16 r033 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς 1 John is speaking as if the earth literally had a **mouth** and **swallowed** this **river**. He means that some kind of chasm opened up in the earth and the river flowed down into it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a chasm opened up in the earth and the river flowed down into it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +12:17 r034 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὠργίσθη ὁ δράκων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this put the dragon in a rage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:17 r035 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ σπέρματος 1 Here term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +12:17 f754 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated the word **keeping** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “obeying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +12:17 t6jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “testifying to their faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +12:17 r036 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν ἄμμον τῆς θαλάσσης 1 John is referring to the shore of the sea by association with the sand that is along the shore on the beach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the shore of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Similes\n\nJohn uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Leopard, bear, and lion\n\nThe book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. In this chapter, John describes a beast that looked like a leopard, a bear, and a lion. This image comes from the book of Daniel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Unknown animals\n\nJohn uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +13:2 r039 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παρδάλει & ἄρκου & λέοντος 1 A **leopard** is a large, fierce cat that lives in the forest. A **bear** is a large, heavy, powerful mammal that can be very dangerous if it feels threatened. A **lion** is a large, fierce cat that often lives on the plains. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, in your translation you could the names of comparable animals that they would recognize, or you could use general descriptions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +13:2 gyv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 John is referring to the dragon’s right to rule by association with the **throne** on which a ruler would sit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his power and his right to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:2 c4wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **throne** tells what kind of **power** the dragon gave to this beast. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “his ruling power” or “his power to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +13:3 r042 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἐσφαγμένην εἰς θάνατον 1 It might seem that the expression **slain unto death** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “it had been slain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +13:3 r043 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσφαγμένην εἰς θάνατον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had slain it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:3 yt22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it had recovered from its wound of death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:3 ba2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 John is using a possessive form to describe a **wound** that led to **death**. Alternate translation: “deadly wound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +13:3 r044 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθαυμάσθη ὅλη ἡ γῆ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this astonished the whole earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:3 jc7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅλη ἡ γῆ 1 Here the term **earth** refers to the people who live on the earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:3 r045 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and they followed after the beast” or, if you retain the term **earth**, “and it followed after the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +13:3 xx3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου 1 This expression, which is short for “followed after the beast,” means that the people on earth accepted the beast as their ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they accepted the beast as their ruler” or, if you retain the term **earth**, “and it accepted the beast as its ruler” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +13:4 ep4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ, καὶ τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 The people of the earth are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one is like the beast, and no one is able to war with it!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +13:4 r046 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ, καὶ τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The people are using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Who is strong enough to war with the beast?” or “No one is strong enough to war with the beast!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +13:5 p2n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was the dragon. Alternate translation: “the dragon gave it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:5 y29e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy στόμα λαλοῦν 1 John is referring to the capacity to speak by association with the **mouth** that people use to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the capacity to speak, and it spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:5 r047 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μεγάλα 1 The implication is that the beast spoke **great things** about itself. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “great things about itself” or “boasts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +13:5 r048 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was the dragon. Alternate translation: “the dragon gave it authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:6 r049 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤνοιξε τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ εἰς 1 John is referring to the beast speaking by association with **it opened its mouth** in order to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:6 r050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here the word **name** stands for the reputation of a person. Alternate translation: “his reputation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:7 r051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) that the dragon enabled the beast to do this. Alternate translation: “the dragon enabled it” (2) that God allowed the beast to do this. Alternate translation: “God allowed it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:7 fyp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was the dragon. Alternate translation: “the dragon gave it authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:7 f5rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πᾶσαν φυλὴν, καὶ λαὸν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος 1 The terms **tribe**, **people**, **language**, and **nation** mean similar things. John is using the four terms together to make a comprehensive statement. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every different people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +13:7 r165 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσαν φυλὴν, καὶ λαὸν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος 1 John is referring to speakers of various languages by association with the **languages** themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every tribe and people and speakers of every language and every nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:8 r052 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου, τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 +13:8 r053 ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Since John is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **name**. Alternate translation: “those whose names have not been written” +13:8 vyy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “those whose names God has not written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:8 bcu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God appointed to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:8 r164 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +13:9 tx89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 John is addressing his listeners in the third person. It may be clearer in your language to use the second person. Alternate translation: “If any of you has an ear, you should hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +13:9 rr9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς 1 John is referring to the ability to hear by association with the way having an **ear** enables people to hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:9 r054 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἀκουσάτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may he hear” or “he should hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]]) +13:10 ilzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **captivity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “If anyone’s enemies are going to take him captive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +13:10 mtu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτενεῖ, δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if anyone’s enemies will kill him by the sword, it is necessary for them to kill him by the sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:10 cdi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτενεῖ, δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 John is referring to execution by association with the way the Romans used a **sword** to execute people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if anyone will be executed, it is necessary for him to be executed” or “if anyone’s enemies will execute him, it is necessary for them to execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:10 pk8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ καὶ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων 1 The expression **Here is** introduces something that the speaker is calling for. Alternate translation: “This calls for endurance and faith on the part of the saints” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +13:10 r055 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ καὶ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **endurance** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “This calls for the saints to endure and to be faithful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +13:11 e7aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων 1 The point of this comparison is that this beast was **speaking** in a way that showed it was evil, like the dragon that is a symbol of evil in this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “it was speaking in a way that showed it was evil, like a dragon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +13:12 r056 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “in its presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +13:12 ys3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had recovered from his wound of death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:12 jc77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 John is using a possessive form to describe a **wound** that led to **death**. Alternate translation: “deadly wound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +13:13 r124 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σημεῖα 1 John is not using the word **signs** here and in the next verse to mean the same thing that he does when he speaks of signs in [12:1](../12/01.md) and [12:3](../12/03.md). Here he does not mean significant sights, but miracles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +13:13 r057 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 The term **before** here means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of men” or “where men could see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +13:13 r058 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +13:14 r059 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the signs that have been granted to it to do 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was the dragon. Alternate translation: “the signs that the dragon has granted it to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:14 r060 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ θηρίου 1 Here the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +13:14 r061 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ θηρίῳ 1 While John says in the next verse that this was an image “of the beast,” that is, an image that looked like the beast, here the expression **to the beast** means “in honor of the beast.” You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in honor of the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +13:15 dl87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was the dragon. Alternate translation: “the dragon enabled it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:15 cw55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 John is referring to the **image of the beast** coming alive by association with the **breath** that creatures breathe when they are alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to make the image of the beast come alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +13:15 ruk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ποιήσῃ ὅσοι ἐὰν μὴ προσκυνήσωσιν τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου ἀποκτανθῶσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “might cause people to kill whoever does not worship the image of the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:16 h9u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ποιεῖ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the second beast, not to the image of the first beast. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the second beast causes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +13:16 r062 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους καὶ τοὺς πτωχούς, καὶ τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ τοὺς δούλους 1 John is using the adjectives **small**, **great**, **rich**, **poor**, **free**, and **slave** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “small people and great people and rich people and poor people and free people and slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +13:16 r063 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους καὶ τοὺς πτωχούς, καὶ τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ τοὺς δούλους 1 John is using two extremes of importance, **small** and **great**, to mean people across the entire range of importance. John is using two extremes of wealth, **rich** and **poor**, to mean people across the entire range of wealth. John is using two extremes of status, **free** and **slave**, to mean people across the entire range of status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent expressions or plain language. Alternate translation: “no matter what their importance and no matter what their wealth and no matter what their status” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +13:16 r064 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους καὶ τοὺς πτωχούς, καὶ τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ τοὺς δούλους 1 These three phrases mean similar things. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “people of every different kind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +13:16 r256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, 1 John is speaking as if unimportant people were literally **small** and as if important people were literally large or **great**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the unimportant and the important” or “unimportant people and important people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +13:16 r065 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δῶσιν αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not refer to anyone in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “they might have to receive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +13:17 r066 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 In this culture, people used the letters of the alphabet as symbols for numbers as well. As a result, it was possible to add up the values of the letters in someone’s name to get the **number** of that **name**. That is what John means implicitly here. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the sum of the numerical values of the letters in its name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +13:18 uk74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν 1 The expression **Here is** introduces something that the speaker is calling for. Alternate translation: “This calls for wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +13:18 ri1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ψηφισάτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may he calculate” or “he should calculate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]]) +13:18 bbn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου 1 See the note about “the number of its name” in [13:17](../13/17.md). Here John means implicitly that this number is the sum of the numerical values of the letters in the name of a certain man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sum of the numerical values of the letters in the name of a certain man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +14:intro q71v 0 # Revelation 14 General Notes\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter speaks symbolically of two harvests. The first is a harvest of grain. This may mean the time when Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. The second harvest is of grapes. This may mean the time when God gathers in wicked people to punish them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +14:1 r068 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸ Ὄρος Σιών 1 The word **Zion** is the name of the mountain on which the city of Jerusalem is located. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +14:1 r069 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 See how you translated this in Revelation 7:4. Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +14:1 z963 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “His name and the name of his Father appeared in writing on their foreheads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:1 rf47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +14:2 r070 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῆς μεγάλης 1 The point of these comparisons is that the **sound** John **heard** was loud and powerful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “that was loud and powerful, like the sound of many waters and like the sound of booming thunder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +14:2 r071 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 By **many waters**, John could mean a loud waterfall or raging floodwaters. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “of a waterfall” or “of raging floodwaters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +14:2 r072 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς κιθαρῳδῶν κιθαριζόντων ἐν ταῖς κιθάραις αὐτῶν 1 The point of this comparison is that the **sound** that John **heard** was also beautiful and melodious. (John explains in the next verse that it was the sound of a great number of people singing.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “beautiful and melodious, like harpists harping on their harps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +14:2 r073 ὡς κιθαρῳδῶν κιθαριζόντων ἐν ταῖς κιθάραις αὐτῶν 1 John’s repetitive use of three words with the root “harp” seems to imitate the sound of music. You may wish to use three similar words in your translation if that is possible in your language. +14:3 sz1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ᾄδουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the **144 thousands** whom John describes in [14:1](../14/01.md) and later in this verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the 144 thousands sing” or "the 144,000 people sing" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +14:3 r074 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο μαθεῖν τὴν ᾠδὴν, εἰ μὴ αἱ ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 If it would appear in your language that John was contradicting himself by saying that **no one** could learn the song and then naming people who could learn the song, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only ones who were able to learn the song were the 144 thousands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +14:3 r075 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ ἠγορασμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, [5:9](../05/09.md) indicates that it was the Lamb. Alternate translation: “whom the Lamb bought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:3 r076 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ ἠγορασμένοι 1 John is speaking as if the Lamb literally **bought** these people. He means that through his sacrificial death, the Lamb saved them by setting them free from the guilt and power of sin. Your language may have a term that you can use in your translation that describes someone paying a price or making a sacrifice to set someone else free. See what you did in [5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “whom the Lamb redeemed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:3 r077 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς 1 John is referring to the inhabitants of the earth by association with the **earth** on which they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from among the inhabitants of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +14:4 jet6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν οἳ μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν, παρθένοι γάρ εἰσιν 1 John is speaking as if the people who are singing have literally never had sexual relations. In context, he most likely means that they have not worshiped idols. Having sexual relations outside of marriage, or not waiting until marriage to have sexual relations, is a common Old Testament image for idol worship. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These are they who have not worshiped idols, for they are faithful to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:4 r078 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. John is not saying that women make men **defiled.** He is saying that sexual relations outside of marriage are sinful. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “have not committed immoral acts with women” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:4 q3hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγει 1 This statement may be one that readers could understand literally within the world of this vision. However, in the New Testament, **following** someone often means being that person’s disciple and obeying his teaching. That could be what John means here. Alternate translation: “the ones who obey the Lamb no matter what he asks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +14:4 r079 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτοι ἠγοράσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See what you did in [14:3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “The Lamb bought them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:4 r104 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ ἠγορασμένοι 1 See how you translated this in [14:3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “whom the Lamb redeemed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:4 r080 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “from among humanity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +14:4 mlw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 John is speaking as if these people were literally the **first fruits** of a harvest. He means that they are the first of many people who will eventually believe in Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as the first of many people who will believe in God and Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:5 r081 ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 Since John is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **mouth**. Alternate translation: “no lie has been found in their mouths” +14:5 r082 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 Here the expression **has been found** means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “there was no lie in their mouths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +14:5 ga8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 John is referring to people speaking by association with the way that a person speaks with his **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they have told no lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +14:5 r083 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **no** and the negative word **lies**. Alternate translation: “they have always told the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +14:5 r084 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 The implication is that these people have told **no lie** about who Jesus is, despite the pressure they have been facing to deny that he is Lord and Savior. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they have always told the truth about who Jesus is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +14:5 r463 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἄμωμοί γὰρ εἰσιν 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **for they are blameless**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add “before the throne of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +14:6 pp1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔθνος, καὶ φυλὴν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ λαόν 1 The terms **nation**, **tribe**, **language**, and **people** mean similar things. John is using the four terms together to make a comprehensive statement. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every different people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +14:7 reu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the hour has come when he will judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +14:7 cj5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 The angel is using the word **hour** by association to mean a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time of his judgment has come” or “the time has come when he will judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +14:7 r085 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ θάλασσαν, καὶ πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 The angel is using four main components of creation to mean all of creation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “everything that exists” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +14:8 b18s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 This second angel is speaking as if Babylon has literally **fallen** down. He means that the city has been destroyed. The repetition of the word **fallen** is emphatic and indicates complete destruction. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Babylon the Great has been completely destroyed” or “God has completely destroyed Babylon the Great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:8 r086 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 The word **Babylon** is the name of an ancient city that founded an empire whose armies destroyed Jerusalem and the temple in 586 B.C. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +14:8 jh3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Since the ancient city of Babylon was destroyed centuries earlier, the angel is not speaking literally of that city. The angel is using **Babylon** to symbolize some other city or empire. The specific identity of that city or empire is a matter of interpretation rather than translation. Alternate translation: “the great city that is like Babylon” or “the great empire that is like Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:8 kg1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἣ & πεπότικεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The angel is speaking of the city of **Babylon** as if it were a living thing that **caused** the nations **to drink** from a certain cup. The angel means that the rulers of the city did this, symbolically (see next note). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose rulers caused all the nations to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +14:8 r111 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The angel says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “nations throughout the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +14:8 ldz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 This second angel is speaking as if Babylon has literally caused the nations to **drink** a certain kind of **wine**. This means, in the first instance, that Babylon led the nations to commit sexual immorality with her. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give in to passions that led them to commit sexual immorality with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:8 bey2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 In the second instance, as in [14:3](../14/03.md), having immoral sexual relations is a symbolic image for worshiping idols. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to worship idols as she did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:10 qw28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 The angel is speaking as if anyone who worships the beast will literally **drink** a certain kind of **wine** from a certain **cup**. He means symbolically that God will make such a person experience the just consequences of his actions. Within this image, the fact that the wine is **undiluted** means that God will not show him mercy as he judges him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will make him experience the just consequences of his actions and in his anger God will not show him any mercy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:10 fe83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ κεκερασμένου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God has poured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:10 r087 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βασανισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will torment him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:10 r088 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **fire** describes the state of the **sulfur**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “fiery sulfur” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +14:10 r089 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον ἀγγέλων ἁγίων καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of the holy angels and in the presence of the Lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +14:11 dds6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 The third angel is referring to the burning sulfur with which God is tormenting these people by association with the **torment** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the burning sulfur with which God is tormenting them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +14:11 r090 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων 1 This expression refers to endless future time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +14:11 r091 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός 1 The angel is using the two parts of a full day, **day** and **night**, to mean all the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at any time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +14:11 r092 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἴ τις λαμβάνει 1 The angel is using a characteristic expression of the Greek language. Alternate translation: “anyone who receives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +14:12 me1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν 1 The expression **Here is** introduces something that the speaker is calling for. Alternate translation: “This calls for endurance on the part of the saints” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +14:12 wo34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηροῦντες τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν πίστιν Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated the word **keeping** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “obeying the commandments of God and maintaining their faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +14:12 r093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν πίστιν Ἰησοῦ 1 In this possessive form, **Jesus** is the object rather than the subject of **faith**. That is, this does not mean the faith that Jesus has, it means the faith that people have in Jesus. Alternate translation: “faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +14:13 r094 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνῆς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λεγούσης 1 John is referring to someone speaking by association with the **voice** that the person is using to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “I heard someone speaking from heaven and saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +14:13 r095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λεγούσης, γράψον, μακάριοι οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἀπ’ ἄρτι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that told me to write, ‘Blessed are the dead dying in the Lord from now on’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +14:13 x62q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ νεκροὶ & ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 The person speaking is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who die if they die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +14:13 hy1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἀπ’ ἄρτι 1 The expression **dying in the Lord** means to die while still maintaining faith in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who die from now on while still maintaining their faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +14:13 r096 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 The person speaking is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) +14:13 r097 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 The word translated **so** introduces a result of the action that the previous sentence describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer back to that action. Alternate translation: “they are blessed because as a result of dying in the Lord,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +14:13 v4xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὰ & ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 John is speaking of the **deeds** of these people who have died **in the Lord** as if those deeds could **follow** the people as they come into the presence of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will acknowledge as they come into his presence that they have served him diligently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +14:14 r098 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὅμοιον 1 John is using the adjective **like** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. ULT adds the word **one** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who looked like a son of man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +14:14 gvw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 This could mean: (1) a human being, in a characteristic Hebrew expression that John would be borrowing. Alternate translation, as in UST: “a human being” (2) the Messiah, since “the Son of Man” is a title for the Messiah. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +14:14 l89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δρέπανον ὀξύ 1 A **sickle** is a tool with a curved blade that agricultural workers use to cut down standing crops in order to harvest them. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **sickle** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a sharp harvesting tool” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +14:15 r099 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξηράνθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has ripened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:16 nt7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he harvested the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:18 jp7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός 1 John is referring implicitly to the **fire** that burned up sacrifices on the altar. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the one responsible for maintaining the altar fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +14:19 r100 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ληνὸν 1 A **winepress** a large basin made of stone or wood. Workers put grapes in this basin and trample on the grapes to extract their juice. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **winepress** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “large basin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +14:20 r101 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπατήθη ἡ ληνὸς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “workers trampled the winepress” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:20 r102 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπατήθη ἡ ληνὸς 1 John is referring to the grapes in the winepress by association with the **winepress** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “workers trampled the grapes in the winepress” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +14:20 r103 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα 1 John is referring to a stream of blood by association with the **blood** that made up the stream. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a stream of blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +14:20 m2i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 The word **bridles** describes sets of headgear that riders use to control horses. If your readers would not be familiar with what **bridles** are, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “as high as horses’ heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +14:20 dbz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 The word **stadia** is the plural form of “stadium,” which was a distance of about 185 meters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could give the equivalent in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “about 300 kilometers” or “about 200 miles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +15:intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3–4.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Victorious over the beast”\n\nThese people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as occurring openly. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”\n\nScripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Songs\n\nThe book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. People there worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. +15:1 l345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν 1 The terms **great** and **marvelous** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “amazing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +15:1 w6lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ τὰς ἐσχάτας 1 John is speaking of these **plagues** as if they were something that the **seven angels** had in their possession. He means that God had made these angels responsible for administering the plagues. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who would be responsible for administering seven final plagues” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +15:1 r122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John is referring to God’s punishments for sin by association with the **wrath** that God feels because of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the punishments of God were finished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +15:1 ij3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God finished punishing all wrongdoing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +15:2 n9yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην 1 The point of this comparison is that the large object made of **glass** looked like a **sea**. That is, it was wide and spacious and level. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. See how you translated the similar expression in [4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “a large glass surface” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +15:2 r105 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile μεμιγμένην πυρί 1 The point of this further comparison seems to be that the glass sea was sparkling with light or reflecting the flashes of light that came from the nearby throne, as John describes in [4:5](../04/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “that looked as if it was flashing with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +15:2 pt8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 John means implicitly that these people were **victorious** because they did not worship **the beast and his image** and did not accept **the number of his name** on their right hands or foreheads. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “who had not worshiped the beast or his image and who had not accepted the number of his name as a mark on their right hands or foreheads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +15:3 r194 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ᾄδουσιν τὴν ᾠδὴν Μωϋσέως, τοῦ δούλου τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν ᾠδὴν τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 This could mean implicitly: (1) that these victorious believers sing one song. Alternate translation: “they sing a song that Moses the servant of God sang and that the Lamb now sings” (2) that these victorious believers sing two songs. Alternate translation: “they sing the song of Moses the servant of God and they also sing the song of the Lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +15:3 r107 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μεγάλα καὶ θαυμαστὰ τὰ ἔργα σου 1 The terms **Great** and **marvelous** mean similar things. The victorious believers are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Your deeds are amazing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +15:3 r108 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet δίκαιαι καὶ ἀληθιναὶ αἱ ὁδοί σου 1 The terms **Righteous** and **true** mean similar things. The victorious believers are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Your ways are completely righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +15:3 r109 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αἱ ὁδοί σου 1 The victorious believers are singing about God’s actions as if they were **ways** or paths that God was walking on. Alternate translation: “your actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +15:3 r110 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν αἰώνων 1 The believers are using a possessive form to describe not what God rules over but for how long God will rule. Alternate translation: “you who will be king for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +15:3 r464 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν αἰώνων 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **King of the Ages**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “King of the Nations.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +15:4 hh87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ, Κύριε, καὶ δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου & ? 1 The victorious believers are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Everyone should fear you, Lord, and glorify your name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +15:4 j9gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, **name** represents the character and reputation of person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “praise you for your excellent character” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +15:4 r112 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν σου 1 Here the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “in your presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +15:4 ei9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερώθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have manifested your righteous deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +15:5 r113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God had opened the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +15:5 r114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ναὸς 1 When John says that the **temple** had been opened, he means by association that the doors of the temple had been opened and he could see inside. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the doors of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +15:5 r115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ ναὸς τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 John seems to be using this possessive form to indicate that this **temple** was the equivalent **in heaven** of the **tabernacle of the testimony** on earth. Alternate translation: “the temple, that is, the tabernacle of the testimony, in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +15:5 r116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ναὸς τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. The phrase “the tabernacle of the testimony” is a common Old Testament description of the tent that held the ark of the covenant. John describes in [11:19](../11/19.md) how the ark was now in the temple in heaven Alternate translation: “the temple, that is, the tent holding the ark of the covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +15:6 f9gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγὰς 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “who would be responsible for administering the seven plagues” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +15:6 r117 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐνδεδυμένοι λίθον καθαρὸν λαμπρὸν, καὶ περιεζωσμένοι περὶ τὰ στήθη ζώνας χρυσᾶς 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They were wearing clean, bright linen clothes and they had wrapped golden sashes around their chests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +15:6 r118 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy λίθον 1 John is referring to linen clothes by association with the **linen** from which this clothing is made. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “linen clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +15:6 nei2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίθον 1 The word **linen** is the name for a fine, expensive cloth that people make from flax. If your readers would not be familiar with what linen is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “clothes made from fine, expensive fabric” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +15:7 r123 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John is referring to God’s punishments for sin by association with the **wrath** that God feels because of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being full of punishments from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +15:7 r119 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῦ ζῶντος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 This expression refers to endless future time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who lives for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +15:8 r120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγεμίσθη ὁ ναὸς καπνοῦ ἐκ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “smoke from the glory of God and from his power filled the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +15:8 r121 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “because God was so glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +15:8 s67r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seven angels had completed their seven plagues” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +16:intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the vision that John began to describe in chapter 15. Together these two chapters describe the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5–7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven bowls of God’s wrath\n\nThis chapter reveals severe judgments. John pictures the execution of these judgments as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Possible translation issues in this chapter\n\n- When John says that an angel “poured out his bowl,” he means that the angel poured out what was in his bowl. You can say that in your translation each time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n- In this chapter, John uses adjectives “first” through “seventh” as nouns to identify the angels who pour out the bowls of God’s wrath. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases, for example, “the first angel,” “the second angel,” and so forth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n\n- If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers for these angels, for example, “angel number one,” “angel number two,” and so forth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +16:1 r125 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μεγάλης φωνῆς ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, λεγούσης 1 John is referring to someone speaking by association with the **voice** that the person is using to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone speaking loudly from the temple and saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +16:1 k2nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John is referring to God’s punishments for sin by association with the **wrath** that God feels because of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that hold the punishments from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +16:2 r126 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, John is using the adjective **first** as a noun to identify this particular angel. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase, and you can do the same with the similar expressions that describe the other six angels. Alternate translation: “the first angel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +16:2 r127 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, if your language does not use ordinal numbers, here and for the other six angels you can use a cardinal number or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “angel number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +16:2 r128 ἕλκος κακὸν καὶ πονηρὸν 1 Since John is referring to what happened to each person in a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **sore**. Alternate translation: “bad and harmful sores” +16:2 r129 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κακὸν καὶ πονηρὸν 1 The terms **bad** and **harmful** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very severe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +16:2 r130 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +16:3 r131 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς νεκροῦ 1 The point of this comparison is that the sea turned into **blood** that was foul and smelled bad, like the blood of a **corpse**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “that was foul and smelled bad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +16:3 r132 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσα ψυχὴ ζῶσα 1 John is referring to living creatures by association with the **soul** or vital breath that keeps them alive. (Sea creatures do not breathe air, but they circulate water comparably to the way land creatures circulate air.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every living creature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +16:4 r133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐγένετο 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the **water** in the **rivers** and **springs**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the water in them became” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +16:5 f35a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων 1 John is using this possessive form to indicate that God had given this **angel** authority over the **waters** (the rivers and springs) and responsibility for maintaining them. The angel is affirming that God has done the right thing even though this has damaged the waters. Alternate translation: “the angel who was responsible for the waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +16:5 r134 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, ὁ Ὅσιος 1 Even though the angel is addressing God, the angel is speaking about God in the third person. You could make this clear by using the word “you” in your translation. Alternate translation: “you who are and who were, you who are holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +16:5 r465 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, ὁ Ὅσιος 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **the one being and the one who was, the Holy One**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “O Lord, the one being and the one who was and who is to be.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +16:5 r135 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ Ὅσιος 1 The angel is using the adjective **Holy** as a noun. He is referring to God by one of his essential attributes. ULT adds the word **One** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +16:5 r136 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 The pronoun **these** refers to the people who have killed the saints and prophets, as the angel describes in the next verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +16:6 b6wa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν 1 The angel is referring to the fact that these people killed **the saints and prophets** by association with the way they shed their **blood* when they killed them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they shed the blood of the saints and prophets when they killed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +16:6 r137 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄξιοί εἰσιν 1 The angel of the waters means implicitly that the people who killed the saints and prophets are **worthy** of this punishment, that is, they deserve it. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They deserve this punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +16:7 p4c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἤκουσα τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος 1 John is describing the **altar** as a living thing that can speak. As the General Introduction to Revelation discusses, within the world of this vision, this is not a figure of speech and so you can translate it literally even if your language does not use figures of speech. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +16:7 r138 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι 1 The terms **true** and **righteous** mean similar things. The altar is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “entirely righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +16:8 jf31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God permitted it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +16:8 l6n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 John is speaking of the **sun** as if it were a living thing that could receive permission to do something. As the General Introduction to Revelation discusses, within the world of this vision, this may not be a figure of speech and so you could translate it literally even if your language does not use figures of speech. However, if it would be clearer in your language, you could consider it a figure of speech and provide an equivalent translation. Alternate translation: “God caused it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +16:8 r139 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +16:8 r140 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πυρί 1 John is speaking as if the sun were literally scorching people with **fire**. He means that the sun’s rays became so hot that they burned people just as badly as fire burns people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the heat of its rays” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +16:8 r141 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +16:9 i2du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched men greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +16:9 pr4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **name** represents the character and reputation of person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “they maligned the character of the God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +16:9 r142 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μετενόησαν δοῦναι αὐτῷ δόξαν 1 In the Bible, a person giving God glory often means that person acknowledging that he has sinned and that God is justly punishing him. Alternate translation: “repent of their sin and acknowledge that God was punishing them for it justly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +16:9 r143 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δοῦναι αὐτῷ δόξαν 1 If you wish to retain the biblical idiom in your translation but your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and glorify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +16:10 hit6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God darkened its kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +16:10 r144 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη 1 John does not say specifically how God **darkened** the entire area where the beast ruled and so you may not wish to offer any explicit explanation in your translation. However, if your language would not describe something like this without saying how it happened, you could suggest an explanation. Alternate translation: “God made thick clouds cover the sun in order to darken its kingdom” or “God caused an eclipse of the sun in order to darken its kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +16:10 r145 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the area that the beast ruled as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +16:10 pb1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐμασῶντο τὰς γλώσσας αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people whom God afflicted with painful sores, as John describes in [16:2](../16/02.md) and as he makes clear in the next verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people whom God had punished with sores” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +16:11 r146 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ἐκ τῶν πόνων αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἑλκῶν αὐτῶν 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **pain** tells what kind of **sores** these were. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “because of their painful sores” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +16:12 r147 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Εὐφράτην 1 The word **Euphrates** is the name of a river. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +16:12 amf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἑτοιμασθῇ ἡ ὁδὸς τῶν βασιλέων τῶν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου its water was dried up so that the way of the kings from the rising of the sun might be prepared 1 +16:12 r148 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῶν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου 1 This expression refers to a particular direction from the perspective of the speaker. Your language may have its own way of referring to this direction. Alternate translation: “from the east” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +16:13 bb6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς βάτραχοι 1 John does not seem to be drawing a comparison between these **unclean spirits** and **frogs** in order to indicate something about the character of the spirits. Rather, he seems to be describing the appearance of the spirits. This appearance may have some symbolic significance, but that is a matter of interpretation rather than translation. Alternate translation: “that looked like frogs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +16:14 r149 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σημεῖα 1 John is using the word **signs** here in the same sense as in [13:13](../13/13.md). See how you translated the word there. Alternate translation: “miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +16:15 l16g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this verse, Jesus breaks into John’s narrative of his vision to address the believers who are listening to it or reading it. ULT puts the verse in parentheses to show this. There may be a comparable convention in your language that you can use in your translation. You can also state explicitly that the Lord Jesus said this, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +16:15 lgi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 The point of this comparison is that Jesus **is coming** at a time when people will not be expecting him, just as a **thief** comes when people are not expecting him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am coming at a time when you are not expecting me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +16:15 an84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 As the General Introduction to Revelation discusses, Jesus here the term “keeping” means “preserving,” that is, maintaining the **garments** in good repair. This represents living in a way that pleases God. Walking around **naked** similarly stands for living in a way that displeases God, that is, committing sins. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continuing to live in a way that pleases God and not committing sins that others can see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +16:15 b6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 This expression means to keep one’s **garments** on, that is, to continue to wear clothes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continuing to wear clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +16:15 qwa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not refer to anyone in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “so that people can see his indecency” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +16:15 r150 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **indecency**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “indecent behavior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +16:16 m2v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns συνήγαγεν αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the spirits of demons that John describes in [16:14](../16/14.md) and the pronoun **them** refer to the kings John describes in that same verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the spirits of demons brought the kings together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +16:16 r151 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +16:16 r152 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἁρμαγεδών 1 The word **Armageddon** is a Hebrew word that John spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +16:16 x6ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἁρμαγεδών 1 The word **Armageddon** is the name of a valley. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +16:17 a15p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ μεγάλη ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου λέγουσα 1 John is referring to someone speaking by association with the **voice** that the person is using to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I heard the one who was sitting on the throne in the temple say loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +16:17 r153 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γέγονεν 1 This expression means that the speaker has accomplished what he intended to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, indicating that God is the one sitting on the **throne** in the **temple**. Alternate translation: “I, God, have accomplished what I intended to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +16:18 r154 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **sounds** describes what the **thunder** produced. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “crashes of thunder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +16:18 r155 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +16:19 r156 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that by **the great city** he means **Babylon the Great**, as he says later in the verse. You can use the name here as well if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Babylon the Great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +16:19 r157 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche αἱ πόλεις 1 John is using these **cities** as a whole to mean the individual parts of them, that is, their buildings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the buildings in the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +16:19 r158 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν 1 John is not speaking of these **cities** or their buildings as if they were living things that could fall down accidentally. He means that the buildings in the cities collapsed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “collapsed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +16:19 r159 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, δοῦναι αὐτῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God remembered Babylon the Great to give to her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +16:19 r2vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, δοῦναι αὐτῇ 1 John is not suggesting that God had forgotten about Babylon the Great but now **remembered** the city. He is using a common biblical expression that means that God took action with regard to a person or entity of which he was already aware, either to help or to punish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God punished Babylon the Great by giving her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +16:19 r507 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 John is referring to the people who live in the city of **Babylon** by association with that city itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the great city of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +16:19 g6s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 John is alluding to what the angel said in [14:10](../14/10.md) about the “wine of the wrath” of God’s “anger” that was in his “cup.” It is likely that he is therefore referring symbolically, as the angel was, to God making people and entities experience the just consequences of their actions. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to make her experience the just consequences of her actions that have made God so angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +16:20 r160 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ πᾶσα νῆσος ἔφυγεν, καὶ ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 John means implicitly that these things also happened as a result of the earthquake. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. UST models one way to do that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +16:20 r161 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἔφυγεν 1 John is speaking of each **island** as if it were a living thing that **fled**. He means that the islands disappeared beneath the ocean surface. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sank into the ocean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +16:20 byn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 Here the expression **were not found** means “could not be found” or “were not there.” Alternate translation: “there were no mountains any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +16:21 r162 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis χάλαζα μεγάλη, ὡς ταλαντιαία 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “great hail, in hailstones weighing about a talent each” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +16:21 i43r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight ὡς ταλαντιαία 1 A talent was a weight of about 33 kilograms or about 70 pounds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could give the equivalent in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “in hailstones weighing about 33 kilograms each” or “in hailstones weighing about 70 pounds each” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +16:21 r163 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +17:intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins to describe how God will destroy the entity that the book of Revelation calls Babylon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The great prostitute\n\nThose who have sex with prostitutes are unfaithful to God’s purposes for sexual relations to take place within marriage. The “great prostitute” in this chapter may therefore represent some person or entity that leads people to be unfaithful to God spiritually. But it is not necessary to try to identify this person or entity in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Seven hills\n\nAn angel tells John in 17:9, “The seven heads are seven hills where the woman is sitting.” This could mean that the woman represents the city of Rome, which is known as the City of Seven Hills. However, since this is a matter of interpretation rather than translation, it would not be appropriate to say explicitly in your translation that the seven hills indicate the city of Rome. br>\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should do the same. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The beast that you saw was and is not but is about to come up”\n\nThis and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is and who was and who is to come” elsewhere in the book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that asserts as true two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth, but it is from the seven.” The translator should not attempt to explain how both of these things can be true; that should remain a paradox. +17:1 c6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how God will judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +17:1 f7ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo of the great prostitute sitting on many waters 1 Since the angel explains the meaning of the **great prostitute** in verse 18 and the meaning of the **waters** in verse 15, you do not need to say anything in your translation about their meaning here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +17:1 crs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς καθημένης ἐπὶ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 The angel is using the word **waters** to mean a specific body of water by association. The phrase **sitting on many waters** is an allusion to [Jeremiah 51:13](../jer/51/13.md), where the same phrase describes the ancient city of Babylon and its location on the great Euphrates River. (The Hebrew word that Jeremiah uses can mean both “sit” and “dwell.”) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who stays next to a great river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +17:2 r166 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μεθ’ ἧς ἐπόρνευσαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς 1 The angel is speaking as the **kings of the earth** had literally **committed sexual immorality** with this prostitute. But that is not literally the case even within the world of this vision, since the angel explains in verse 18 that the prostitute symbolizes a city. So the sexual immorality likely symbolizes idolatry and, in light of chapter 18, greed. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth joined her in being idolatrous and greedy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +17:2 paa4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐμεθύσθησαν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 The angel is speaking as if the **sexual immorality** of the prostitute had been **wine** and that the **ones inhabiting the earth** had literally been **intoxicated** by that wine. But once again these things are not literally the case even within the world of this vision. The sexual immorality likely represents idolatry and greed and the intoxication likely represents deception. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she deceived the ones inhabiting the earth to make them indulge in idolatry and greed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +17:2 r167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐμεθύσθησαν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wine of her sexual immorality intoxicated the ones inhabiting the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +17:3 hf43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν Πνεύματι 1 See how you translated the expression **in the Spirit** in [1:10](../01/10.md) and [4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “as he carried me away to a wilderness, the Holy Spirit inspired me so that I could receive further revelation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +17:3 r168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γέμοντα ὀνόματα βλασφημίας 1 This expression means that **blasphemous names** were written all over this **beast**. Your language may have its own way of stating this. Alternate translation: “covered with blasphemous names” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +17:4 r169 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ γυνὴ ἦν περιβεβλημένη πορφυροῦν καὶ κόκκινον, καὶ κεχρυσωμένη χρυσῷ, καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ, καὶ μαργαρίταις 1 John is referring to the clothing and jewelry that the **woman** was wearing by association with the materials out of which they were made. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the woman was clothed in purple and scarlet robes and adorned with gold jewelry in which precious stones and pearls were set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +17:4 r170 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ γυνὴ ἦν περιβεβλημένη πορφυροῦν καὶ κόκκινον, καὶ κεχρυσωμένη χρυσῷ, καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ, καὶ μαργαρίταις 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the woman was wearing purple and scarlet clothing and she had adorned herself with gold jewelry in which precious stones and pearls were set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +17:4 r257 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίθῳ τιμίῳ 1 The term **precious stone** refers to a beautiful and valuable piece of mineral or rock, such as is often used in jewelry. It may be more natural in your language to use a plural form here. Alternate translation: “gemstones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +17:4 r171 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 The word **pearls** describes beautiful and valuable white beads that form inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +17:4 r172 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys βδελυγμάτων καὶ τὰ ἀκάθαρτα 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **abominations** describes the **impurities** of the woman’s conduct. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “the abominable impurities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +17:5 az5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς & γεγραμμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had written on her forehead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +17:5 r173 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ὄνομα & Μυστήριον 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **mystery** tells what kind of **name** was written on the woman’s forehead. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “a mysterious name” or “a name that had a symbolic meaning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +17:5 l75t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὄνομα & Μυστήριον 1 Some interpreters consider the word **mystery** to be part of the name of this woman. Alternate translation: “a name: Mystery,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +17:6 r174 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “from the blood of the saints who had borne witness to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +17:6 ydi9 ἐθαύμασα & θαῦμα μέγα 1 John is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have its own way of expressing the same meaning. Alternate translation: “I wondered greatly” +17:7 j412 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας? 1 The angel is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not need to wonder!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +17:8 usl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God is going to destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +17:8 r6h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has not written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +17:8 r175 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +17:9 r176 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν 1 The expression **Here is** introduces something that the speaker is calling for. Alternate translation: “This calls for a mind that has wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +17:9 p6lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “This calls for a wise mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +17:9 r177 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὅπου ἡ γυνὴ κάθηται ἐπ’ αὐτῶν 1 It might seem that this expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “where the woman is sitting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +17:10 r178 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πέντε & ὁ εἷς & ὁ ἄλλος 1 John is using the adjectives **five**, **one**, and **other** as nouns to mean these kings. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the first five kings … one more of the kings … the other king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +17:10 yk93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔπεσαν 1 The angel is speaking of these **five** kings as if they have literally **fallen**. He means that they have died. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +17:10 r179 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὀλίγον 1 The angel is using the adjective **little** as a noun to mean a certain length of time. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “for a little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +17:11 r180 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὄγδοός & τῶν ἑπτά 1 The angel is using the adjectives **eighth** and **seven** as nouns to mean these kings. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “an eighth king … the seven kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +17:11 r181 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὄγδοός 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “king number eight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +17:11 r182 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God is going to destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +17:12 r183 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βασιλείαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “authority to rule as kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +17:12 n2rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μίαν ὥραν 1 In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of sixty minutes. It means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for just a little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +17:13 w7jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὗτοι μίαν γνώμην ἔχουσιν 1 This expression means to be in complete agreement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These kings are in complete agreement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +17:13 r184 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν αὐτῶν 1 The terms **power** and **authority** mean similar things. The angel is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “all of their authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +17:14 abb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, κλητοὶ, καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ, καὶ πιστοί 1 The words **called** and **chosen** are not passive verbal forms, they are adjectives. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be clearer for your readers to use expressios that do not seem to be passive verbal forms. Alternate translation: “God has called and chosen the ones with him and they are faithful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +17:15 r185 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσὶν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι 1 The terms **peoples**, **multitudes**, **nations**, and **languages** mean similar things. John is using the four terms together to make a comprehensive statement. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every different people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +17:15 r186 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γλῶσσαι 1 The angel is referring to speakers of various languages by association with the **languages** themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speakers of various languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +17:16 j157 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν 1 The terms **desolated** and **naked** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they will take away everything she has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +17:16 r187 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠρημωμένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “desolate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +17:16 f9as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται 1 The angel is speaking as if these **horns** (that is, these kings) and the **beast** will literally **consume** the **flesh** of the **prostitute**. But even within the world of this vision, that is not literally true. This is a common biblical image for destroying someone. If it would be clearer in your language, and especially if it would be helpful to your readers to know that cannibalism has no part in God’s judgments against evil, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will destroy her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +17:16 r188 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo αὐτὴν κατακαύσουσιν πυρί 1 It might seem that this expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “they will burn her up completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +17:17 sb1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ & Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 Here the **heart** represents the desires. Alternate translation: “God has put into their desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +17:17 j0ts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 The angel is speaking as if God has literally **put** something into the **hearts** of these kings. He means that God has led them to want to do something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God has led them to have the desire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +17:17 r189 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two shorter phrases connected with **and**. The phrase **to do one purpose** tells how the kings will **do his purpose**, that is, God’s purpose. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “to do God’s purpose by agreeing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +17:17 r190 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην 1 This expression means to be in complete agreement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be in complete agreement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +17:17 ku6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “their authority to rule as kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +17:17 r191 τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν 1 Since the angel is referring to things that belong to several people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “their kingdoms” +17:17 el9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God has fulfilled his words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +17:17 r192 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The angel is using the term **words** to mean things that God has spoken by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until God has fulfilled what he has spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +17:18 uy1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν ἐπὶ 1 The angel is referring to the king who rules from the **great city** by association with that city itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the great city whose king has a kingdom over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +17:18 r193 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the great city that rules over” or “the great city whose king rules over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +18:intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with all or part of verses 1–8, 10, 16–17, and 19–24.\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n ### “in one hour”\n\nCharacters in the narrative use the expression “in one hour” in verses 10, 17, 19. In the ancient world, an “hour” was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of sixty minutes. It means the shortest time imaginable. You may wish to translate this phrase with a comparable phrase in your language such as “in such a short time.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “woe, woe”\n\nIn verses 10, 16, and 19, kings and merchants repeat the word “woe” for emphasis. If it would not be natural in your language to repeat a word like that, you could express the emphasis in another way, for example, by using a different expression and including the word “very,” as the UST does.\n\n### “she,” “her”\n\nPeople in this culture conventionally referred to cities by using feminine pronouns. Accordingly, throughout this chapter, various speakers refer to the city of Babylon as “she” and “her.” Your language may use a different gender, so you might say “it” and “its” in your translation. You could also use a noun and say “that city.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “will not be see/heard/found anymore”\n\nIn verses 21, 22, and 23, an angel speaks a series of similar phrases describing what will not be “found” or “heard” or “seen” in Babylon “anymore.” The repetition of such phrases is a figure of speech for emphasis. The angel is emphasizing how thoroughly God will destroy Babylon. If possible, use similar statements in your own translation. You may also wish to make each of these verses a separate paragraph, as ULT does, or use formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +18:1 r195 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ γῆ ἐφωτίσθη ἐκ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his glory illuminated the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:2 a2f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “Babylon the Great has been destroyed” or “God has destroyed Babylon the Great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:2 r466 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Some ancient manuscripts read, **Babylon the Great has fallen**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read, “Fallen, fallen is Babylon the Great.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +18:2 r196 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐγένετο 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the pronoun **she** refers to the city of Babylon. People in this culture conventionally referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “it has become” or “that city has become” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +18:2 r197 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κατοικητήριον δαιμονίων, καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύματος ἀκαθάρτου 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. The angel is speaking in a Hebrew style of poetry, and Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition. It would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if such repetition would not be natural in your language, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “an abode of demons, yes, a hold of every unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +18:2 r198 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύματος ἀκαθάρτου , καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου, καὶ μεμισημένου 1 The angel says **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “she has become overrun with unclean spirits and with unclean and detested birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +18:2 r254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύματος ἀκαθάρτου , καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου, καὶ μεμισημένου 1 The angel is speaking as if these spirits and birds were literally in a **hold**, that is, a prison or other place where they were watched or guarded and could not leave. He means that the spirits and birds are now able to linger in the ruins of Babylon. Your language may have terms for places where animals and birds stay. Alternate translation: “a den of every unclean spirit and a roost of every unclean and detested bird” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:2 r199 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου, καὶ μεμισημένου 1 The terms **unclean** and **detested** mean similar things. The angel is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “loathsome bird” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +18:2 r200 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου, καὶ μεμισημένου 1 The angel assumes that his listeners will understand that these birds are **unclean** and **detested** according to the law of Moses because they eat dead animals. You can say that explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “unclean and detested bird that eats dead animals” or “loathsome bird that eats dead animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +18:2 r201 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μεμισημένου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “detestable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:3 kpp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πέπτωκαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [17:2](../17/02.md). Here, as there, this statement is not intended literally even within the world of this vision. Alternate translation: “all the nations have indulged in idolatry and greed with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:3 r202 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The angel says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “nations throughout the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +18:3 kp3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [17:2](../17/02.md). This statement too is not intended literally. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “the kings of the earth have joined her in being idolatrous and greedy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:4 nz77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤκουσα ἄλλην φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λέγουσαν 1 John is referring to someone speaking by association with the **voice** that the person is using to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking from heaven and saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:5 r203 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκολλήθησαν αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “the heap of her sins is as high as heaven” (2) Alternate translation: “the heap of her sins is as high as the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:5 e32w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκολλήθησαν αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The voice is speaking as if the **sins** of Babylon were literally in a very high pile. He means that Babylon has committed very many sins. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she has committed very many sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:5 u2yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁ Θεὸς τὰ ἀδικήματα αὐτῆς 1 The voice is not suggesting that God had forgotten about Babylon but has now **remembered** the city’s **offenses**. The angel is using a common biblical expression that means that God has taken action with regard to a person or entity of which he was already aware, either to help or to punish. See how you translated the similar expression in [16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God has punished her for her offenses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:6 r204 ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν, καὶ διπλώσατε τὰ διπλᾶ, κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῆς 1 The voice from heaven is using a characteristic form of Hebrew speech. The voice is naming a number and then, for emphasis, naming the next higher number. An example of this is in [Amos 1:3](../amo/01/03.md), “For three sins of Damascus, even for four, I will not turn away punishment.” If it might seem to your readers that the voice from heaven was contradicting itself, first saying to punish Babylon one way (just as much as the city hurt others) and then saying to punish Babylon a different way (twice as much as the city hurt others), you could show in your translation that this is actually a progression for emphasis. UST models one way to do this. +18:6 r205 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπόδοτε & διπλώσατε & κεράσατε 1 All of these imperatives are plural. (They seem to address the angels whom God has appointed to punish Babylon, as UST indicates.) So use plural imperatives in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +18:6 r206 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism διπλώσατε τὰ διπλᾶ, κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῆς; ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν, 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The voice from heaven is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. The first phrase expresses it literally and the second phrase expresses it figuratively. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases. UST models one way of doing this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +18:6 r207 διπλώσατε τὰ διπλᾶ 1 The voice is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have its own way of expressing the same meaning. Alternate translation: “repay her double” +18:6 xba5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν 1 The voice is speaking as Babylon had literally **mixed** a **cup** of wine for others to drink. This is a reprise of the image in [14:8](../14/08.md). However, the emphasis here is on how drinking too much wine makes a person stagger. This is an image of how Babylon will stagger from God’s punishments. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “punish her in a way that will make her stagger twice as much as she made others stagger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:7 r208 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει, ὅτι κάθημαι βασίλισσα & καὶ χήρα οὐκ εἰμί καὶ πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “she says in her heart that she sits as a queen and that she is not a widow and that she will not see mourning at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +18:7 yt32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει 1 Here the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “she thinks to herself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:7 r209 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κάθημαι βασίλισσα 1 Here the word **sit** means “to be.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am a queen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:7 dy5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy χήρα οὐκ εἰμί 1 Babylon is referring to not being dependent on anyone by association with the way that a **widow** in this culture likely would be dependent on others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not dependent on anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:7 eh5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω 1 Here the word **see** means “to experience.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not experience any mourning at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:8 r210 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ 1 The voice is using the term **day** to mean a short time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in just a short time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:8 tjd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire will consume her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:9 r211 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks 1 Some versions continue the quotation of the voice from heaven that begins in verse 4 through to the end of this chapter. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to punctuate the quotation the way it does. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to punctuate the quotation the way ULT does and end it with verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +18:9 wk13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ & πορνεύσαντες 1 Here as in [14:3](../14/03.md), committing sexual immorality is a symbolic image for worshiping idols. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having worshiped idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:9 r212 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαύσονται καὶ κόψονται 1 The terms **weep** and **wail** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “will weep bitterly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +18:9 r213 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς 1 John is referring to the fire that will burn Babylon by association with the **burning** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the smoke from the fire that is burning her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:10 j3ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 John is referring to the fire that is burning up and tormenting Babylon by association with the **torment** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because they are afraid of the fire that is tormenting her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:10 r467 οὐαὶ, οὐαί 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the speakers are repeating the word “woe” for emphasis. If it would not be natural in your language to repeat a word like that, you could express the emphasis in another way, for example, by using a different expression and including the word “very,” as the UST does. +18:10 r214 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἦλθεν ἡ κρίσις σου 1 The kings are speaking directly to the city of Babylon even though they know that the city cannot hear them. They are doing this to show in a very strong way to the people who can hear them, their fellow kings, how they feel about what is happening to Babylon. If someone speaking your language would not do this, you could translate this as the merchants speaking to one another about Babylon rather than to Babylon. Alternate translation: “For in one hour her judgment has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) +18:10 r215 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μιᾷ ὥρᾳ 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, in the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In contexts such as this one, the term does not mean a literal hour of sixty minutes. It means the shortest time imaginable. Alternate translation: “in such a short time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:10 r216 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἦλθεν ἡ κρίσις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God has judged you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +18:11 r217 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαίουσιν καὶ πενθοῦσιν 1 The terms **weep** and **mourn** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “weep bitterly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +18:12 krs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίθου τιμίου 1 See how you translated the term **precious stone** in [17:4](../17/04.md). Alternate translation: “gemstones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:12 xm9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βυσσίνου, καὶ πορφύρας, καὶ σιρικοῦ, καὶ κοκκίνου 1 See how you translated **fine linen**, the term for an expensive cloth made from flax, in [15:6](../15/06.md); **purple cloth** is a dark red-blue cloth that was very expensive at this time; **silk** is a soft, strong cloth made from the fine string that silkworms make when they form their cocoons; **scarlet cloth** was an expensive red cloth. If some or all of these terms might be unfamiliar to your readers, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “many kinds of expensive cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:12 hir4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον, καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον, καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου, καὶ χαλκοῦ, καὶ σιδήρου, καὶ μαρμάρου 1 John says **every** in these cases as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “many kinds of fragrant wood and many kinds of ivory vessels and many kinds of vessels made from precious wood and bronze and iron and marble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +18:12 r218 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον 1 The wood of the **citron** tree is desirable because it is fragrant. If your readers would not be familiar with **citron wood**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “every fragrant wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:12 r219 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον 1 Since there is only one kind of **citron** tree, by **every citron wood**, John means by association many kinds of wood that are fragrant like citron wood. Alternate translation: “every fragrant wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:12 yri7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον 1 The word **ivory** describes a beautiful, hard, white material that people get from the tusks or teeth of very large animals such as elephants and walruses. Alternate translation: “beautiful containers made from tusks” or “containers made from valuable animal teeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:12 b8xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαρμάρου 1 The word **marble** describes a beautiful, valuable stone that people use in buildings and to make statues, furniture, and many other things. If your readers might not be familiar with marble, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “beautiful stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:13 z894 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κιννάμωμον, καὶ ἄμωμον 1 Since **cinnamon** is one kind of **spice**, John means implicitly that cinnamon was one example of the spices that the merchants sold. You can indicate this your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “cinnamon and other spices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +18:13 gz3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κιννάμωμον, καὶ ἄμωμον 1 The word **cinnamon** describes a fragrant spice that people make from the bark of a certain tree. If your readers would not be familiar with what cinnamon is, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “spice from tree bark and other spices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:13 r220 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θυμιάματα, καὶ μύρον, καὶ λίβανον 1 Since **myrrh** and **frankincense** are two kinds of **incense**, John means implicitly that these are two examples of the incense that the merchants sold. You can indicate this your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “myrrh and frankincense and other kinds of incense” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +18:13 r221 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων 1 In this context, the expressions **bodies** and **souls of men** mean the same thing. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. He is first stating how things look on the outside: The bodies of the slaves whom the merchants are trading appear to be just another physical cargo. But John is then stating the real truth: This traffic in slaves is a traffic in human souls. You could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “slaves, that is, the souls of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +18:13 r222 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “human souls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +18:14 r223 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe ἡ ὀπώρα σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπῆλθεν ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ πάντα τὰ λιπαρὰ καὶ τὰ λαμπρὰ ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 As John relates this vision, here he addresses something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Babylon in the vision, in order to show his readers in a strong way how he feels about it. If someone speaking your language would not do this, you could translate this as John speaking about Babylon rather than to Babylon. Alternate translation: “her autumn fruit, the desire of her soul, has gone away from her, and all the luxurious and the splendid has perished from her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) +18:14 r224 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ὀπώρα σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς 1 In this possessive form, **fruit** is the object of **desire** rather than the result of **desire**. That is, this does not mean fruit that the soul’s desire has borne, it means fruit that the soul desires to have. Alternate translation: “the autumn fruit that your soul desires to have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +18:14 a1aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ ὀπώρα σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here the term **soul** represents the whole person by association with the way that each person has a soul. Alternate translation: “the autumn fruit that you desired has gone away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:14 x3kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ ὀπώρα 1 John is referring to ripe fruit by association with the way fruit ripens in the **autumn**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ripe fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:14 r225 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ὀπώρα & ἀπῆλθεν 1 John is using **autumn fruit** to represent the rich pleasures that Babylon desired. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rich pleasures … have gone away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:14 r226 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πάντα τὰ λιπαρὰ καὶ τὰ λαμπρὰ ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “all the luxurious and the splendid has perished from you forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +18:14 r227 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντα τὰ λιπαρὰ καὶ τὰ λαμπρὰ 1 John is using the adjectives **luxurious** and **splendid** as nouns to mean certain kinds of goods. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this phrase with an equivalent one. Alternate translation: “all the luxurious and splendid goods” or “everything that is luxurious and splendid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +18:14 r228 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πάντα τὰ λιπαρὰ καὶ τὰ λαμπρὰ 1 The terms **luxurious** and **splendid** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “all the very luxurious goods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +18:14 p7f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν 1 Here the expression **will not be found** means “will not be able to be found” or “will not be there.” Alternate translation: “they will not be there any longer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:14 z9rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will find them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:15 s4iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 See how you translated this same expression in [18:10](../18/10.md). Alternate translation: “because they are afraid of the fire that is tormenting her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:15 ii7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες 1 The terms **weeping** and **mourning** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “weeping bitterly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +18:16 i7ip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον, καὶ πορφυροῦν, καὶ κόκκινον, καὶ κεχρυσωμένη ἐν χρυσίῳ, καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ, καὶ μαργαρίτῃ 1 The merchants are speaking as if the city of Babylon had literally been **dressed** in expensive clothing and **adorned** with jewels. They mean that the people of the city lived in luxury. Even if your language does not ordinarily use figures of speech, you may wish to preserve this figure of speech in your translation so that your readers can see how the merchants were speaking about Babylon. One way to do that would be to translate it as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:16 nji6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον, καὶ πορφυροῦν, καὶ κόκκινον, καὶ κεχρυσωμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that dressed in fine linen and purple and scarlet and adorned herself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:16 i5uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βύσσινον, καὶ πορφυροῦν, καὶ κόκκινον & χρυσίῳ, καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ, καὶ μαργαρίτῃ 1 See how you translated each of these terms in [18:12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:17 r229 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠρημώθη ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has destroyed so much wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:17 r230 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κυβερνήτης 1 The word **shipmaster** refers to a particular member of a ship’s crew. In this context, this could mean: (1) the captain of a ship. Alternate translation, as in UST: “ship captain” (2) the person who steers a ship. Alternate translation: “navigator” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:17 ap3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅσοι τὴν θάλασσαν ἐργάζονται 1 John is using this general expression to mean anyone else who, like the previous three kinds of people he mentions in this verse, earns a living from the sea in some way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as many others as earn their living from the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:18 r231 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς 1 See how you translated the same expression in [18:9](../18/09.md). Alternate translation: “the smoke from the fire that is burning her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:18 v7qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ? 1 The sea workers are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Nothing is like the great city!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +18:18 r232 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τίς 1 By **What**, the sea workers implicitly mean “What city.” You can say this explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “What city” or, in an exclamation, “No other city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +18:19 r233 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔβαλον χοῦν ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 The sea workers **threw dust on their heads** as a symbolic action to show how distressed they were that Babylon had been destroyed. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “they threw dust on their heads to show how distressed they were” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +18:19 r234 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες 1 The terms **weeping** and **mourning** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “weeping bitterly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +18:19 r235 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὰ πλοῖα ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 It might seem that the expression **ships in the sea** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “ships” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +18:19 r236 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠρημώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has destroyed her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:20 r237 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks εὐφραίνου 1 The sea workers finish speaking at the end of verse 19. Someone else begins speaking here. It would be appropriate to show this in your translation by using whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to show the end of one quotation and the beginning of another. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +18:20 r238 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐφραίνου 1 In this verse, someone breaks into John’s narrative of his vision to speak directly to the audience in heaven and on earth. ULT puts the verse in parentheses to show this. There may be a comparable convention in your language that you can use in your translation. You can also state explicitly who is speaking, as UST does. That speaker could be: (1) the voice from heaven that spoke in [18:4–8](../18/04.md) or another voice from heaven. (2) Jesus, as in [16:15](../16/15.md). (3) John himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +18:20 r239 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εὐφραίνου 1 The implied “you” in the imperative **Rejoice** is singular here because this imperative addresses **heaven**. The pronoun **you** is plural because it addresses the **saints and apostles and prophets**. So use a singular imperative and a plural pronoun in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +18:20 r240 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐρανέ 1 The speaker is referring everyone who lives in heaven by association with **heaven** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of you who live in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:20 ld6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God has judged her for what she did to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +18:20 r241 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 The speaker is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have its own way of describing this. Alternate translation: “she deserved to be judged for what she did to you, and God has indeed judged her” +18:21 r242 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile λίθον ὡς μύλινον μέγαν 1 The point of this comparison is that the **stone** that the **angel took up** was very large and heavy and so it made a tremendous, dramatic splash when it hit the **sea**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “a stone that was very large and heavy like a great millstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +18:21 el4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύλινον 1 A **millstone** is a large round stone that people use to crush grain. If your readers would not be familiar with what a millstone is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture or you could use a general expression. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:21 kwsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὕτως ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God will throw down Babylon, the great city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:21 dlp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὕτως ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις 1 The angel is speaking as if these Babylon will literally be **thrown down** as if from a height. He means that they the city will be completely destroyed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will completely destroy Babylon, the great city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:21 r243 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁρμήματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “violently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +18:21 r244 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one at all will see her any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:22 j6aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν, καὶ μουσικῶν, καὶ αὐλητῶν, καὶ σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and no one at all will hear the sound of harpists and musicians and flutists and trumpeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:22 r245 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κιθαρῳδῶν, καὶ μουσικῶν, καὶ αὐλητῶν, καὶ σαλπιστῶν 1 The word **harpists** describes people who play the harp, which is a large stringed instrument whose players hold it upright. The word **musicians** could mean: (1) people who sing. (2) people who play musical instruments generally. The word **flutists** describes people who play the flute, which is metal instrument like a pipe that has holes in it; players blow across one hole to generate sound and open or close other holes for tuning. The word **trumpeters** describes people who play the trumpet, which is a metal horn with valves for tuning. If your readers would not be familiar with these musical instruments, in your translation you could use the terms for players of comparable instruments in your culture, or you could use general expressions. Alternate translation: “people playing stringed instruments and singing and blowing pipes and horns” or “people playing stringed instruments and pipes and horns and other instruments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +18:22 da3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe ἐν σοὶ & ἐν σοὶ & ἐν σοὶ 1 The angel is speaking directly to the city of Babylon even though he knows that the city cannot hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way to the people who can hear them, probably “heaven” and the “saints and apostles and prophets” from verse 20, how he feels about what is happening to Babylon. If someone speaking your language would not do this, you could translate this as the angel speaking about Babylon rather than to Babylon. Alternate translation: “in her … in her … in her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) +18:22 r246 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς τεχνίτης οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one at all will find a craftsman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:22 cu19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πᾶς τεχνίτης οὐ & εὑρεθῇ 1 Here the expression **will not be found** means “will not be able to be found” or “will not be there.” Alternate translation: “no craftsman will be there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:22 r247 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one at will will hear the sound of a mill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:23 r248 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe ἐν σοὶ & ἐν σοὶ 1 As in verse 22, for emphasis the angel is speaking directly to the city of Babylon even though he knows that the city cannot hear him. If someone speaking your language would not do this, you could translate this as the angel speaking about Babylon rather than to Babylon. Alternate translation: “in her … in her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) +18:23 d67i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one at all will hear the voice of a bridegroom and a bride” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:23 r508 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual φωνὴ 1 Since the angel is referring to two people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **voice** or the dual form if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “the voices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +18:23 j3iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you deceived all the nations by your sorcery” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +18:23 r249 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The angel is speaking as if these Babylon had literally used **sorcery** to deceive the nations. He likely means that Babylon made living in excessive luxury seem attractive and acceptable. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you influenced all the nations to try to live in luxury” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +18:23 r250 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The angel says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “nations throughout the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +18:23 r251 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εὑρέθη 1 Here the expression **was found** means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:24 r252 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα & εὑρέθη προφητῶν 1 The implication is that this **blood** is evidence that Babylon is guilty of killing the **prophets and saints**. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “she was clearly guilty of killing prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +18:24 r253 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 This could mean: (1) that the angel is saying **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “of ones having been slain throughout the earth” (2) that the angel is using a passive verbal form (see next note) to refer to all the other **ones**, besides **prophets** and **saints**, whom Babylon slew. Alternate translation: “of all the other ones she slew on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +18:24 btz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of all the ones she slew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:intro h785 0 # Revelation 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n- Verses 1–4 conclude the topic of the destruction of Babylon.\n- Verses 5–10 introduce the topic of the wedding of the Lamb.\n- Verses 11–21 describe the destruction of the beast and the false prophet.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Songs\n\nThe Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### Wedding celebration\n\nThe wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, meaning all his people.\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “Hallelujah”\n\nThe word **Hallelujah** occurs in verses 1, 3, 4, and 6. This is a Hebrew word that John spells out using Greek letters so that his readers will know how it sounds. The word is a plural imperative that means, “Praise Yahweh!” In your translation, you could spell this word the way it sounds in your language, or you could translate its meaning by using a phrase such as, “Praise God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### “us/our”\n\nIn verses 1, 5, and 6, speakers say “our,” and in verse 7 a speaker says “us.” In each case the speaker is referring to himself and to his addressees, so use the inclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +19:1 r258 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **salvation**, **glory**, and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “Worship God as the one who saves us and who is glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +19:1 r259 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, here and throughout the chapter it would be appropriate to use the inclusive form of **our** and “us” in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +19:2 r509 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι 1 The terms **true** and **righteous** mean similar things. John may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “entirely righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +19:2 d9j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα 1 John is referring to the death of God’s **servants** by association with the **blood* that they shed when they were killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:2 cj3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 1 John is using one part of the **great prostitute**, her **hand**, to represent all of her in the act of killing or shedding the **blood** of God’s **servants**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of his servants, whom she killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +19:3 r510 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεύτερον 1 John is using the adjective **second** as a noun to mean a certain time. ULT adds the word **time** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +19:3 zy6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ καπνὸς αὐτῆς 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [18:9](../18/09.md). Alternate translation: “the smoke from the fire that is burning her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:3 r511 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 This expression refers to endless future time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +19:4 r512 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔπεσαν & καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the **elders** and **living creatures** did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of God was a sign of humility and respect. Alternate translation: “bowed down in front of God to worship him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +19:5 r480 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person πάντες οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ, καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 The voice is actually not speaking in the third person about the people whom he wants to **Praise … God**. The voice is using a vocative form. However, if your language does not have a vocative form and it might appear as if the voice is using the third person for people whom he is addressing, you could use the second person in your translation. Alternate translation: “you his servants and you who fear him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +19:5 cck3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 In this context, the word **fearing** does not mean to be afraid but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “the ones who revere him” or “you who revere him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +19:5 r481 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι 1 The voice is speaking as if unimportant people were literally **small** and as if important people were literally large or **great**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the unimportant and the important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +19:5 rr23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι 1 The voice is using the adjectives **small** and **great** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both unimportant people and important people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +19:5 qdb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι 1 The voice is using two extremes of people, **small** and **great**, to mean them and everyone in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whatever your status” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +19:6 kq7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 The point of this comparison is that the **sound** was very loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “a sound that was very loud, like the sound of a great crowd or many waters or powerful thunder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +19:6 r482 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 By **many waters**, John could mean a loud waterfall or raging floodwaters. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “of a waterfall” or “of raging floodwaters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +19:6 r483 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 The person speaking here is likely continuing to address those who serve and fear God. So by **our**, the speaker means himself and them, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +19:7 r484 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet χαίρωμεν καὶ ἀγαλλιῶμεν 1 The terms **rejoice** and **exult** mean similar things. The sound is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Let us rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +19:7 m5av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ 1 The expression **give glory to him** does not mean that God lacks glory in any way or that people have glory that they can give to God. It means to honor God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +19:7 j6d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθεν ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 If you would not speak in your language of an event as if it **has come**, you could express this in the way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is time for the wedding of the Lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +19:8 oz7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who has done the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has granted to her that she might dress” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:8 r485 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τὸ γὰρ βύσσινον τὰ δικαιώματα τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν 1 Here John provides some background information about the symbolism in his vision in order to help his readers understand what he is describing. ULT shows that this is background information by putting it in parentheses. This information is helpful for understanding the symbolic significance of **fine linen** and for understanding the symbolism of the book generally. See what you did with the similar background information in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “The bride in my vision dressed in fine linen because that bright, clean fabric symbolically represents the righteous acts of the saints” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +19:9 ayc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγει 1 The pronoun **he** probably refers to the same angel who began to speak to John in [17:1](../17/01.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The angel who told me he would show me the judgment of the great prostitute said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +19:9 r486 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γράψον, μακάριοι οἱ εἰς τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Ἀρνίου κεκλημένοι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Write that the ones having been invited to the wedding supper of the Lamb are blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +19:9 l72p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & κεκλημένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God has called” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:9 r487 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι ἀληθινοὶ εἰσιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The angel is using the term **words** to mean the saying that he told John to **Write** by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is something that God has truly said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:10 uq6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔπεσα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Be sure that it is clear in your translation that John did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of this angel was a sign of humility and respect. Alternate translation: “bowed down at his feet” or “bowed down to the ground in front of him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +19:10 r488 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅρα μή 1 The angel is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “See that you do not do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +19:10 r489 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅρα μή 1 The angel is using the term **See** to mean by association that John should give careful attention to what he is doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Watch out! Do not do that!” or “Be careful not to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:10 i2yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου 1 The angel is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +19:10 r475 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, here the word has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you wish to retain the figurative expression in your translation, you could word it in a way that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “your brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +19:10 r490 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who testify to their faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +19:10 r491 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 In this possessive form, **Jesus** is the object rather than the subject of **testimony**. That is, this does not mean testimony that Jesus himself gives, it means testimony that believers give about their faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who testify to their faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +19:10 rku2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ & μαρτυρία Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας 1 The angel is speaking **prophecy** as if it were a living thing that had a **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the impulse to testify to Jesus is what inspires prophecy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +19:11 m1qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν ἠνεῳγμένον 1 When John says that **heaven** had been opened, he likely means by association that in his vision, God created some opening that allowed him to see into heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God allowed me to look into heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:11 r492 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν οὐρανὸν ἠνεῳγμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “that God had opened heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:11 r493 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, Πιστὸς καλούμενος καὶ Ἀληθινός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom people call Faithful and True riding on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:11 r494 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, Πιστὸς καλούμενος καὶ Ἀληθινός 1 This could mean: (1) that **Faithful** and **True** are two names by which people call Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one riding on it, two of whose names are Faithful and True” (2) that “faithful” and “true” are two qualities that people ascribe to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one riding on it, whom people acknowledge to be faithful and true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +19:11 r495 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Πιστὸς & καὶ Ἀληθινός 1 The terms **Faithful** and **True** mean similar things. John is mentioning the two names together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Supremely Faithful” or “Entirely True” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +19:11 lp9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +19:12 p9ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρός 1 John is speaking as if the **eyes** of the one riding on the white horse were actually a **flame of fire**. This is something that could be taken literally within the world of the vision, but it is more likely that John means this as a comparison, as in [1:14](../01/14.md) and [2:18](../02/18.md). In that case, the point of the comparison would be that Jesus has eyes that are so bright and lively that they resemble a burning flame. See how you translated this earlier in the book. Alternate translation: “whose eyes also glow like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +19:12 r496 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo φλὸξ πυρός 1 It might seem that the expression **a flame of fire** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “flames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +19:12 yhr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in writing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:12 kk9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ὃ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, εἰ μὴ αὐτός 1 If it would appear in your language that John was contradicting himself by saying that **no one** knows this **name** and then saying that someone does know this name, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “that only he knows” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +19:12 r497 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, εἰ μὴ αὐτός 1 It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. This could mean: (1) that no one except Jesus **knows** the meaning of the **name**. Alternate translation: “Only he knows the meaning of that name” (2) that no one except Jesus **knows** what the **name** is. Alternate translation: “Only he knows what that name is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:13 vny3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον βεβαμμένον αἵματι 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wearing a robe that he had dipped in blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:13 r498 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 It might seem that the expression **his name is called** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “his name is” or “he is called” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +19:13 p7ts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people call him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:14 r499 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐνδεδυμένοι βύσσινον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wearing fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:15 m9yn ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα 1 Be sure it is clear in your translation, here and for the similar expression in verse 21, that this means that the blade of the **sword** was sticking out of **his mouth**. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md). +19:15 uq4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [2:27](../02/27.md) and [12:5](../12/05.md). Alternate translation: “with great strength” or “with irresistible power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:15 nb4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου 1 John is referring to the grapes in the winepress by association with the **winepress** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he tramples the grapes in the winepress to make the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:15 r500 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς 1 The terms **wrath** and **fury** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of the great wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +19:16 a61a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔχει & ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he has written a name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:16 r501 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two phrases connected with **and**. The phrase **on his thigh** tells where **on his robe** this name is written. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “on his robe at his thigh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +19:17 r502 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ 1 John is referring to the light of the sun by association with **the sun** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in bright sunlight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:17 r503 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνάχθητε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gather together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:18 r504 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χιλιάρχων 1 The word **chiliarchs** describes officers in the Roman army who were in charge of groups of 1,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: “commanders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +19:18 r260 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἰσχυρῶν & ἐλευθέρων & μικρῶν & μεγάλων 1 John is using these adjectives as nouns to mean a certain kinds of persons. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. (All of these adjectives are plural.) If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of mighty people … of free people … of small people … of great people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +19:18 khs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism πάντων, ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων 1 John is using two extremes of status, whether people are **free** or **slaves**, to mean people across the entire range of status. John is using two extremes of importance, whether people are **small** or **great**, to mean people across the entire range of importance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent expressions or plain language. Alternate translation: “of all people, no matter what their status and no matter what their importance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +19:18 r261 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πάντων, ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “of people of every different kind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +19:18 r262 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων 1 John is speaking as if unimportant people were literally **small** and as if important people were literally large or **great**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the unimportant and of the important” or “of unimportant people and of important people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +19:19 r263 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἶδον τὸ θηρίον, καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα αὐτῶν, συνηγμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I saw that the beast and the kings of the earth and their armies had gathered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:20 q83v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the army of the one sitting on the horse captured the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:20 r264 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “in his presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +19:20 ht8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one riding on the horse threw the two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:20 r265 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δύο 1 John is using the adjective **two** as a noun to mean two particular people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The beast and the false prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +19:21 h6ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one sitting on the horse killed the rest with the sword coming out from his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +19:21 r266 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ λοιποὶ 1 By **the rest**, John implicitly means the rest of the beast’s soldiers. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the rest of the beast’s soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +19:21 r267 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐχορτάσθησαν ἐκ τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gorged themselves on their flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The thousand-year reign of Christ\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time when Satan is bound. Some scholars believe that this refers to a future period of time, while others believe that it refers to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to decide between these options in order to translate this passage accurately. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### Final rebellion\n\nThis chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years. At that time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n### Great white throne\n\nThis chapter ends with a vision of God sitting on a “great white throne” and judging all the people who have ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Book of Life\n\nThis symbolically represents eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. However, since this is something that John actually saw in his vision, it would be appropriate to preserve this image in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Hades and the lake of fire\n\nThese appear to be two distinct places. Hades appears to be the place where souls go after physical death, while the lake of fire appears to be the place where people experience spiritual death. The translator should be careful to choose appropriate language to describe each place that will show that these are not the same place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) +20:2 r269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ὄφιν τὸν ἀρχαῖον, ὅς ἐστιν Διάβολος καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that the phrase **the ancient serpent** is an allusion to the way **the devil** appeared in the form of a serpent to Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden, as [Genesis 3:1–15](../gen/03/01.md) describes. You can indicate this explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “who appeared in the form of a serpent to Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden, who is the devil and Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +20:2 r270 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure τὸν ὄφιν τὸν ἀρχαῖον, ὅς ἐστιν Διάβολος καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 It may be easier for your readers to recognize the allusion that John is making if you put the information that the dragon represents **the devil and Satan** before the information that this is also **the ancient serpent**. Alternate translation: “who is the devil and Satan, who appeared in the form of a serpent to Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +20:2 r271 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Διάβολος καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 The word **devil** and the name **Satan** refer to the same person. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the devil himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +20:3 r272 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the 1,000 years had ended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:3 y9xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, the context suggests that it may be the angel who has “the key to the abyss,” as [20:1](../20/01.md) describes. Alternate translation: “God will command the angel to release him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:4 r273 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκάθισαν ἐπ’ αὐτούς, καὶ κρίμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς, 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to people whom John describes in the rest of the verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and these are the ones who sat on them and to whom judgment was given:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +20:4 qzt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κρίμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God gave judgment to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:4 r274 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God gave them authority to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +20:4 u3u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν πεπελεκισμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Roman government had beheaded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:4 tut2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “for proclaiming the message from God about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +20:4 r275 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 In this possessive form, **Jesus** is the object rather than the subject of **testimony**. That is, this does not mean testimony that Jesus gives, it means testimony that people give about their faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “testifying to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +20:4 xz5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John is using the term **word** to mean the message that these believers had shared by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sharing the message from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +20:4 r276 ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτῶν 1 Since John is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural forms of **forehead** and **hand**. Alternate translation: “on their foreheads or on their hands” +20:5 r277 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔζησαν, ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 With this sentence, John is providing background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. ULT puts the sentence in parentheses to show that. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +20:5 r278 οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔζησαν, ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 It may be more natural in your language to state this positively. Alternate translation: “The rest of the dead only lived again once the 1,000 years had ended” +20:5 cw4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 John is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +20:5 e1pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the 1,000 years had ended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:5 r279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἡ ἀνάστασις ἡ πρώτη 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “resurrection number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +20:6 r280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun μακάριος καὶ ἅγιος ὁ ἔχων μέρος ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῇ πρώτῃ 1 Here, **the one having a part in the first resurrection** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone whom God restores to life at this time. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Since John says **these** in the next sentence, it may be helpful to use a plural form in this sentence as well. Alternate translation: “Blessed and holy are all those who have a part in the first resurrection” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +20:6 f3gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν 1 John is speaking of **the second death** as if it were a living thing could have **power** over someone, that is, as if it could make someone do what it wanted that person to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These people will not experience the second death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +20:6 v4z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “death number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +20:7 r281 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅταν τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “at the end of the 1,000 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:7 y1vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λυθήσεται ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar expression in [20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will command the angel who has the key to the abyss will release Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:8 r282 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ ἐν ταῖς τέσσαρσι γωνίαις τῆς γῆς 1 John is speaking as if the **earth** literally had **four corners**. He means the most distant places on the earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the most distant places on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +20:8 r283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὰ ἐν ταῖς τέσσαρσι γωνίαις τῆς γῆς 1 John is using the most distant places on the earth to mean those places and everything between them and his location. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all over the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +20:8 r284 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Γὼγ καὶ Μαγώγ 1 The word **Gog** is the name of a ruler whom the prophet Ezekiel addresses in [Ezekiel 38:1–39:20](../ezk/38/01.md). The word **Magog** is the name of the land that he ruled. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +20:8 r285 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν Γὼγ καὶ Μαγώγ 1 John is using the ruler named **Gog** and his land of **Magog** symbolically to represent the **nations** whom the devil will deceive. He means that these nations will form a great army together and attack the people of God, just as Ezekiel described Gog gathering a great coalition of peoples against Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forming a great coalition of peoples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +20:8 r286 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτῶν 1 It might seem that the expression **of whom their number** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “whose number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +20:8 g429 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης. 1 The point of this comparison is that the **number** of soldiers in this army will be very large, just as the number of grains of **sand** on the shore of the **sea** is very large. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be very large, like the number of grains of sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +20:9 r287 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the city that God loves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:9 f4t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that by **the beloved city** he means Jerusalem. You can use that name in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +20:9 jhq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification κατέβη πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτούς 1 John is speaking of this **fire** as if it were a living thing that **came down from heaven** and **devoured** this army by itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God sent fire down from heaven and it devoured them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +20:9 r288 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατέφαγεν αὐτούς 1 John is speaking as if this **fire** literally **devoured** or ate up the nations that attacked the **saints**. He means that the fire destroyed them completely. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “destroyed them completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +20:10 pif3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ διάβολος, ὁ πλανῶν αὐτοὺς, ἐβλήθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God threw the devil deceiving them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:10 r289 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ θείου 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **fire** describes the state of the **sulfur**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “of fiery sulfur” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +20:10 r290 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the nations whom **the devil** deceived. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +20:10 t5h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βασανισθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, the context suggests that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will torment them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:10 r291 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 John is using the two parts of a full day, **day** and **night**, to mean all the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +20:10 r292 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 This expression refers to endless future time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +20:11 r293 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “from whose presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +20:11 r294 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐρανός, καὶ τόπος οὐχ εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “earth and heaven vanished entirely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +20:11 pm1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐρανός 1 John is speaking of **earth and heaven** as if they were living things that **fled**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “earth and heaven disappeared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +20:11 slhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τόπος οὐχ εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one found a place for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:11 r295 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τόπος οὐχ εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 This expression means “no place could be found for them” or “they were no longer there.” Alternate translation: “they were no longer there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +20:12 r296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκρούς & οἱ νεκροὶ 1 John is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who had died … the people who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +20:12 r297 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ μεγάλους καὶ τοὺς μικρούς 1 The voice is speaking as if important people were literally large or **great** and as if unimportant people were literally **small**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “both the important and the unimportant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +20:12 r298 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj καὶ μεγάλους καὶ τοὺς μικρούς 1 The voice is using the adjectives **great** and **small** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both important people and unimportant people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +20:12 r299 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism καὶ μεγάλους καὶ τοὺς μικρούς 1 The voice is using two kinds of people, **great** and **small**, to mean all kinds of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of every status” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +20:12 gap2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βιβλία ἠνοίχθησαν; καὶ ἄλλο βιβλίον ἠνεῴχθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God opened books, and God opened another book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:12 lt7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God judged the dead from the things he had written in the books” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:12 r300 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς & τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 John is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who had died … the people who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +20:13 ea2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 John is speaking of the **sea** and of **Death** and **Hades** as if these were living things that actively **gave up** the people who had died who were in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who had died who were in the sea and in Death and Hades were not able to hide in those places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +20:13 r301 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκρούς τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ & τοὺς νεκρούς τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 John is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who had died who were in it … the people who had died who were in them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +20:13 r302 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 In this context, **Death** and **Hades** are two names for the same place. John is using the names together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the underworld gave up every single person who had died who was in it” or “not a single person who had died who was in the underworld was able to hide there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +20:13 bg4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God judged them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:14 lw6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God threw Death and Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:14 r303 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν 1 In this context, **Death** and **Hades** are two names for the same place. John is using the names together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the entire underworld was thrown” or “God threw the entire underworld” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +20:14 qv55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “death number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +20:15 c9pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς γεγραμμένος, ἐβλήθη 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that in each case it was God. Alternate translation: “if God did not find that he had written someone in the Book of Life, he threw him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +20:15 r304 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τις 1 John is using the term **anyone** by association to mean “anyone’s name.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “anyone’s name” or “someone’s name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +21:intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Second death\n\nDeath is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Book of Life\n\nThis is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### New heaven and new earth\n\nIt is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or something remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible that this will affect translation in some languages.\n\n### “her”\n\nPeople in this culture conventionally referred to cities by using feminine pronouns. John says “her” throughout his description of the new Jerusalem in order to mean that city. Your language may use a different gender, for example, you might say “it” and “its” instead of “her.” You could also use a noun and say “that city.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### “every precious stone”\n\nIn verses 19 and 20, John lists the precious stones that were the foundations of the city. In some cases, it is not certain exactly which precious stones these names describe. When the reference of a name is uncertain, ULT spells out the name using English letters. If your readers would not be familiar with some of the precious stones listed here, or if you are not certain what stone a name describes, in your translation you can spell the names the way they sound in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +21:1 r305 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ & πρῶτος οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ πρώτη γῆ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “heaven number one and earth number one” or “the former heaven and the former earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +21:1 r306 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀπῆλθαν 1 John is speaking of **the first heaven and the first earth** as if they were living things that **had gone away** on their own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer existed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +21:2 r307 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡτοιμασμένην ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God had prepared the city the way a bride adorns herself for her husband” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +21:2 er4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἡτοιμασμένην ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 The point of this comparison is that the city looked beautiful, just as a bride makes herself beautiful to please her husband on their wedding day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God had made the city beautiful, just as a bride makes herself beautiful for her husband on their wedding day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +21:3 hpt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “God will now tabernacle right in the midst of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +21:3 r308 ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 John is using a noun and a verb from the same root together for emphasis. You may be able to do the same thing in your own language. Alternate translation: “The dwelling of God is with men, and he will dwell with them” +21:3 r309 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +21:3 r468 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants αὐτὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἔσται μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 Some ancient manuscripts read, **God himself will be with them**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add “as their God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +21:4 w39g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 By using one thing that a person might do to console another person, John is representing all that someone might do to console someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could name something that someone might do similarly in your culture, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will console them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +21:4 r310 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ θάνατος οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι, οὔτε πένθος, οὔτε κραυγὴ, οὔτε πόνος 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “death will not be any longer, and grieving will not be any longer, and crying will not be any longer, and pain will not be any longer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +21:4 r311 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὰ πρῶτα 1 John is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean a certain kind of thing. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the things that existed first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +21:4 r312 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὰ πρῶτα 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the former things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +21:4 r313 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀπῆλθαν 1 John is speaking of **the first things** as if they were living things that **have gone away** on their own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +21:5 rq2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι & εἰσιν 1 God is using the term **word** to mean the statement that he has just made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have just said is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +21:5 r314 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 The terms **trustworthy** and **true** mean similar things. God on the throne is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “entirely trustworthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +21:6 dq8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “the very beginning and the very end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +21:6 mfc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 God is using two pairs of extremes, the **Alpha** and the **Omega** and the **beginning** and the **end**, to mean those extremes and everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who began everything and who will finish everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +21:6 li7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 God is speaking as if these he were literally two letters of the alphabet. **Alpha** is the first letter of the Greek alphabet and **Omega** is the last letter, so God means that he has existed from all eternity and will exist to all eternity. If your language uses figures of speech, you could use the first and last letters of your own alphabet. Alternatively, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the First and the Last” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +21:6 wk2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγὼ τῷ διψῶντι δώσω ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς δωρεάν. 1 God is speaking as if he would literally give **water** to someone who was **thirsting**. He is using thirst to represent a person’s desire for everlasting life and he is using drinking life-giving water to represent that person receiving everlasting life. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will give everlasting life to the one who eagerly desires to have it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +21:7 r315 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 **The one conquering** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who conquers in the sense that Jesus uses that term in the letters to the seven churches and as John uses it in [20:11](../20/11.md). Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Everyone who conquers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +21:7 r316 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔσομαι αὐτῷ Θεὸς, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, God is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “I will be the God of that person, and that person will be my child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +21:8 r317 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς δὲ δειλοῖς, καὶ ἀπίστοις 1 John is using the adjectives **cowardly** and **unbelieving** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “for cowardly people and unbelieving people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +21:8 r318 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβδελυγμένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who do abhorrent things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +21:8 zu27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **fire** describes the state of the **sulfur**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “with fiery sulfur” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +21:8 k1hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “death number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +21:9 cf2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν νύμφην, τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 The angel is speaking as if the new Jerusalem were literally a **bride** who was going to marry the **Lamb**. He means that God’s people will now be united forever with Jesus their Savior. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how the people of God will be united forever with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +21:10 czp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπήνεγκέν με ἐν Πνεύματι ἐπὶ ὄρος μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν 1 See how you translated the expression **in the Spirit** in [1:10](../01/10.md) and [4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “as he carried me away to a great and high mountain, the Holy Spirit inspired me so that I could receive further revelation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +21:10 r319 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν 1 The terms **great** and **high** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation, as in UST: “very high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +21:11 r320 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁ φωστὴρ αὐτῆς ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ 1 The point of this comparison is that the **brilliance** or luster of the city was bright and beautiful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “its brilliance was bright and beautiful like that of a most precious stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +21:11 xvg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The first is a general statement and the second is a specific example. John is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “like a very precious jasper stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +21:11 vvq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 See how you translated the word **jasper** in [4:3](../04/03.md) and the word **crystal** in [4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +21:12 r321 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἔχουσα τεῖχος μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν 1 The terms **great** and **high** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The city had a very high wall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +21:12 r322 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὀνόματα ἐπιγεγραμμένα, ἅ ἐστιν τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “names having been written on the gates that are the names of the 12 tribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +21:12 qgh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὀνόματα ἐπιγεγραμμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “names that God had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +21:12 r323 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” John is identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Israel (who was also known as Jacob). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +21:15 r324 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοὺς πυλῶνας αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ τεῖχος αὐτῆς 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, people in this culture conventionally referred to cities by using feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun and say “that city.” Alternate translation: “its gates and its wall” or “the gates and wall of that city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +21:16 fs8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance σταδίων δώδεκα χιλιάδων 1 The word **stadia** is the plural form of “stadium,” which was a distance of about 185 meters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could give the equivalent in modern measurements. However, you might also wish to retain the ancient measurement, since there may be some symbolic significance to the number 12,000. Alternate translation: “about 2,200 kilometers” or “about 1,300 miles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +21:17 r325 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐμέτρησεν τὸ τεῖχος αὐτῆς, ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τεσσάρων πηχῶν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he measured her wall and found it to be 144 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +21:17 r326 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τεσσάρων πηχῶν 1 This could be the measurement: (1) of the height of the wall. Alternate translation: “144 cubits high” (2) of the thickness of the wall. Alternate translation: “144 cubits thick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +21:17 eut1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τεσσάρων πηχῶν 1 A **cubit** was the measurement of the distance from a person’s elbow to his longest fingertip, typically about half a meter or about 18 inches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could give the equivalent in modern measurements. However, you might also wish to retain the ancient measurement, since there may be some symbolic significance to the number 144. Alternate translation: “about 70 meters” or “about 200 feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +21:17 r327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μέτρον ἀνθρώπου ὅ ἐστιν ἀγγέλου 1 Since a **cubit** was the distance from an elbow to a fingertip, John needs to specify from what size person the angel determined this measurement. This could mean: (1) that the angel appeared to John in human form and so the distance from his elbow to his fingertip was the same as that of a human. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The angel appeared in human form, and so he used an ordinary human cubit to measure” (2) that the angel may have been a giant compared with humans, but the angel still used a human-sized cubit. Alternate translation: “The angel used the cubit measure that people ordinarily use” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +21:18 n3hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὅμοιον ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ 1 The point of this comparison is that the **gold** from which the city was made was clear and bright, just as **pure glass** has no imperfections that keep it from reflecting light or letting light through. Alternate translation: “is gold that is as clear and bright as pure glass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +21:19 ick5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως & κεκοσμημένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “God had adorned the foundations of the wall of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +21:19 r328 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole παντὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ 1 John says **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “with many different precious stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +21:19 r329 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ δεύτερος σάπφειρος, ὁ τρίτος χαλκηδών, ὁ τέταρτος σμάραγδος 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the second foundation was sapphire, the third foundation was chalcedony, the fourth foundation was emerald” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +21:19 r330 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ θεμέλιος ὁ πρῶτος ἴασπις, ὁ δεύτερος σάπφειρος, ὁ τρίτος χαλκηδών, ὁ τέταρτος σμάραγδος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Foundation number one was jasper, foundation number two was sapphire, foundation number three was chalcedony, foundation number four was emerald” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +21:19 ke4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ἴασπις & σάπφειρος & χαλκηδών & σμάραγδος 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, in some cases it is not certain what precious stones the names in this verse and the next verse describe. When the reference of a name is uncertain, ULT spells out the name using English letters. If your readers would not be familiar with some of the precious stones listed here, in your translation you can spell their names the way they sound in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +21:20 r331 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ πέμπτος σαρδόνυξ, ὁ ἕκτος σάρδιον, ὁ ἕβδομος χρυσόλιθος, ὁ ὄγδοος βήρυλλος, ὁ ἔνατος τοπάζιον, ὁ δέκατος χρυσόπρασος, ὁ ἑνδέκατος ὑάκινθος, ὁ δωδέκατος ἀμέθυστος. 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the fifth foundation was sardonyx, the sixth foundation was carnelian, the seventh foundation was chrysolite, the eighth foundation was beryl, the ninth foundation was topaz, the tenth foundation was chrysoprase, the eleventh foundation was jacinth, the twelfth foundation was amethyst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +21:20 r332 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πέμπτος σαρδόνυξ, ὁ ἕκτος σάρδιον, ὁ ἕβδομος χρυσόλιθος, ὁ ὄγδοος βήρυλλος, ὁ ἔνατος τοπάζιον, ὁ δέκατος χρυσόπρασος, ὁ ἑνδέκατος ὑάκινθος, ὁ δωδέκατος ἀμέθυστος. 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “foundation number five was sardonyx, foundation number six was carnelian, foundation number seven was chrysolite, foundation number eight was beryl, foundation number nine was topaz, foundation number ten was chrysoprase, foundation number eleven was jacinth, foundation number twelve was amethyst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +21:21 r333 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων 1 It might seem that this phrase contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “each of the gates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +21:21 vp22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν ὡς ὕαλος διαυγής. 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [21:18](../21/18.md). Alternate translation: “was gold that was as clear and bright as transparent glass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +21:22 r334 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὁ & Κύριος ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 It may be more natural to put the information about the **Lamb** with the information about the **Lord God**. Alternate translation: “the Lord God, the Ruler of All, and the Lamb are her temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +21:22 m2ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & Κύριος ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Since John has just said that there is **no temple** in the city, he does not mean that the **Lord God** and the **Lamb** are literally a temple. Rather, he means that the people in the city can be in God’s presence all the time, without having to go to a temple. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord God, the Ruler of All, and the Lamb are always present in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +21:23 r335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ τῆς σελήνης 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “nor does the city have need of the moon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +21:23 v2m9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 John is speaking as if the **Lamb** were literally a **lamp** that lit up the city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “her light is the Lamb” or “its light is the Lamb” or “the light of that city is the Lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +21:24 ma5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη διὰ τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτῆς 1 John is speaking as if the **nations** would literally know where to **walk** because they would see well by the **light** from the city. In this context, the word **walk** figuratively means how people live and behave, and so the word **light** represents good guidance about how to live and behave. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the city will live in such a way as to guide the nations about how to live as God wishes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +21:24 r469 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τὰ ἔθνη 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **the nations**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the nations that are saved.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +21:24 r336 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς φέρουσιν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν εἰς αὐτήν 1 By **their glory**, John may mean by association symbols of royal power, such as crowns, scepters, and robes. He may be describing a situation like the one in [4:10](../04/10.md), where he saw the 24 elders “lay their crowns before the throne” to acknowledge God as the Supreme Ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the kings of the earth will come into the city and lay their royal crowns, scepters, and robes before God’s throne to acknowledge him as the Supreme Ruler” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +21:25 lq1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one at all will shut her gates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +21:25 r337 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **shut**. Alternate translation: “her gates will always be open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +21:26 r338 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἴσουσιν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 The pronoun **they** seems to refer to people from the **nations**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will bring their glory and honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +21:26 r339 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἴσουσιν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 John is likely referring to wealth, by association with the way wealth is stored in things that are considered to have **glory** and **honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. This could mean: (1) that the nations will send valuable gifts to God in the city as expressions of their devotion. Alternate translation: “they will bring valuable gifts from the nations” (2) that the nations will send tribute payments to God. Alternate translation: “they will bring tribute from the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +21:26 r340 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν 1 The terms **glory** and **honor** mean similar things. John is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the splendor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +21:27 r341 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτὴν πᾶν κοινὸν, καὶ ὁ ποιῶν βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος 1 It may be more natural to put the information about **the one doing abomination and falsehood** with the information about the **everything unclean**. Alternate translation: “everything unclean and the one doing abomination and falsehood will not at all enter into her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +21:27 r342 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ποιῶν βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abomination** and **falsehood**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “anyone who does abominable things and tells lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +21:27 r343 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰ μὴ 1 This expression limits the meaning of **enter** to the people it introduces. Your language may have its own way of expressing this idea. Alternate translation: “but only” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +21:27 g7fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ γεγραμμένοι 1 John is referring to the names of people by association with the people themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones whose names have been written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +21:27 r344 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ γεγραμμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was God. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God has written” or “the ones whose names God has written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +22:intro e1ya 0 # Revelation 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Tree of life\n\nThere is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Alpha and omega\n\nThese are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. That would be A and Z in English. +22:1 r403 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδειξέν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the angel who had one of the seven bowls, who began speaking to John in [21:9](../21/09.md) and who was showing him the new Jerusalem. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the angel who had been showing me the city showed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +22:1 r404 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. That may help clarify that **God** and **the Lamb** do not share a single throne. Alternate translation: “from the throne of God and from the throne of the Lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +22:2 r405 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν μέσῳ τῆς πλατείας αὐτῆς καὶ 1 This phrase could refer implicitly to: (1) where the river flowed. That is the interpretation that ULT and UST follow. (2) where the tree of life was. In that case this would be the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: “In the middle of its public square and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +22:3 r406 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. That may help clarify that **God** and **the Lamb** do not share a single throne. Alternate translation: “the throne of God and the throne of the Lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +22:4 zy4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 John is using one part of God, his **face**, to represent all of God as his servants see him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +22:5 r407 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 This expression refers to endless future time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +22:6 r408 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἶπέν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the same angel as in verse 1. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the angel said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +22:6 xaw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι 1 The angel is using the term **words** to mean what he has been telling John by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What I have been telling you is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +22:6 r409 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 The terms **trustworthy** and **true** mean similar things. The angel is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “entirely trustworthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +22:7 p72h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that Jesus is speaking in this verse. You could say that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘And behold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +22:7 r410 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Jesus is using the term **words** to mean what John has written in this **book**, using words, to describe the **prophecies** that God gave to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you have said in this book about the prophecies God gave you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +22:8 uvk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσα 1 This expression means that John lay down facing the ground. See how you translated the similar expression in [7:11](../07/11.md). Alternate translation: “I bowed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +22:9 r411 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅρα μή 1 The angel is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “See that you do not do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +22:9 r412 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅρα μή 1 The angel is using the term **See** to mean by association that John should give careful attention to what he is doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Watch out! Do not do that!” or “Be careful not to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +22:9 r413 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου, τῶν προφητῶν 1 The angel is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean fellow prophets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:9 r476 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου, τῶν προφητῶν 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, here the word has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you wish to retain the figurative expression in your translation, you could word it in a way that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “of your brothers and sisters the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +22:9 r414 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 The angel is using the term **words** to mean what John has said in **this book** by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you have said in this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +22:10 r415 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ σφραγίσῃς 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **seal**. Alternate translation: “Leave open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +22:10 ct48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ σφραγίσῃς 1 The angel is speaking as if John might literally **seal** his **book** closed once he has written it. The angel means that John should tell others what he has written in the book and not keep those things to himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Widely proclaim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:10 xc15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 The angel is using the term **words** to mean what John has said in **this book** by using words to describe the **prophecy** that God gave him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you have said in this book about the prophecy God gave you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +22:11 r416 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ ἀδικῶν, ἀδικησάτω ἔτι; καὶ ὁ ῥυπαρὸς, ῥυπανθήτω ἔτι; καὶ ὁ δίκαιος, δικαιοσύνην ποιησάτω ἔτι; καὶ ὁ ἅγιος, ἁγιασθήτω ἔτι 1 If your language does not use third-person imperatives in this way, you make these statements in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May the one being unrighteous still be unrighteous, and may the filthy one still be filthy, and may the righteous one still do righteousness, and may the holy one still be holy” or “The one being unrighteous should still be unrighteous, and the filthy one should still be filthy, and the righteous one should do righteousness, and the holy one should still be holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]]) +22:11 r417 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany ὁ ἀδικῶν, ἀδικησάτω ἔτι 1 In this verse, the angel is using a series of similar phrases in order to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. Try to translate each of these phrases in such a way as to show their similarity. You may also wish to summarize the idea behind the phrases beforehand, if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The time is so near that it is too late for people to change the way they are living. So let the one being unrighteous still be unrighteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +22:11 r418 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀδικῶν & ὁ ῥυπαρὸς & ὁ δίκαιος & ὁ ἅγιος 1 These phrases do not refer to specific people. They refer to anyone who has the quality that they name. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anyone who is unrighteous … anyone who is filthy … anyone who is righteous … anyone who is holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +22:11 r419 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ ῥυπαρὸς & ὁ δίκαιος & ὁ ἅγιος 1 John is using the adjectives **filthy**, **righteous**, and **holy** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. ULT adds **one** in each case to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the person who is filthy … the person who is righteous … the person who is holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +22:11 r420 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ῥυπαρὸς, ῥυπανθήτω ἔτι 1 The angel is speaking as if someone who does wrong were literally **filthy** or dirty. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let the person who is wicked still be wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:11 r421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +22:12 r422 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδοὺ 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that Jesus begins speaking in this verse. He continues speaking through verse 16.You could indicate that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘Behold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +22:13 f5jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος. 1 These three phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “the very beginning and the very end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +22:13 uup6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος. 1 Jesus is using three pairs of extremes, the **Alpha** and the **Omega**, the **first** and the **last**, and the **beginning** and the **end**, to mean those extremes and everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who began everything and who will finish everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +22:13 c9e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 See how you translated this in [21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:14 r478 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν 1 Jesus is speaking as if people who repent of their sins and start living in a way that pleases God are literally **washing their robes**. See how you translated the similar expression in [7:14](../07/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:14 r470 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants οἱ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **the ones washing their robes**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the ones doing his commandments.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +22:14 r423 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔσται ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this expression plainly. Alternate translation: “they will have the right to eat from the tree of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +22:15 tkd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ κύνες 1 In this culture, people considered **dogs** to be dirty and bothersome animals. So this is not a positive statement, as it would be in some other cultures where dogs are cherished as household pets and as helpful workers and companions. It may be helpful to use an expression in your translation that will clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “dirty animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +22:15 h0ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ κύνες 1 Jesus is speaking as if wicked people were literally **dogs**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:15 r424 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πόρνοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **sexual immoral** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are sexually immoral” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +22:15 r425 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys φιλῶν καὶ ποιῶν 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **loving** tells in what way these people are **doing** falsehood. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “eagerly doing" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +22:15 r426 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψεῦδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **falsehood**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is false” or “what is wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +22:16 pu85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you μαρτυρῆσαι ὑμῖν ταῦτα ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις 1 Here the word **you** is plural. Alternate translation: “to testify to all of you in the churches about these things that concern you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +22:16 afw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ 1 Jesus is speaking as if here were literally the **root** of a tree. He means that David came from him, just as a tree comes from its roots. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “both the source and the offspring of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:16 g9uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊνός 1 Jesus is also speaking of himself as if he were the bright **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** and indicates that a new day is about to begin. Alternate translation: “the sign that God is beginning a new era” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:17 lt8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ νύμφη 1 In keeping with the symbolism of his vision, John is speaking of the church as if it were literally the **Bride** of Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the church” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:17 m9at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular λέγουσιν, ἔρχου & ὁ ἀκούων εἰπάτω, ἔρχου! 1 In both cases, the implied “you” in the imperative **Come** is singular, so use a singular form if your language marks that distinction. If it does not, you could indicate the addressee in another way. The addressee could be: (1) Jesus, who says in verses 12 and 20, “I am coming quickly,” and to whom John says explicitly in v. 20, “Come, Lord Jesus!” Alternate translation: “say to Jesus, ‘Come!’ … let the one hearing say to Jesus, ‘Come!’” (2) the **one thirsting**, whom John mentions in the next sentence. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “say to the one thirsting, ‘Come!’ … let the one hearing say to the one thirsting, ‘Come!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +22:17 r427 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἔρχου & ἔρχου 1 +22:17 r428 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ ἀκούων εἰπάτω & ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω & ὁ θέλων λαβέτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may the one hearing say … may the one thirsting come … may the one desiring take” or “the one hearring should say … the one thirsting should come … the one desiring should take” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]]) +22:17 r429 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀκούων & ὁ διψῶν & ὁ θέλων 1 These phrases do not refer to specific people. They refer to anyone who has the quality that they name. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears … anyone who thirsts … anyone who desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +22:17 e2m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω; ὁ θέλων λαβέτω ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν 1 In [21:6](../21/06.md), God spoke as if he would literally give “water” to someone who was “thirsting.” He was using thirst to represent a person’s desire for everlasting life and he was using drinking life-giving water to represent that person receiving everlasting life. John is echoing the same image here. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let the one who wants to have everlasting life come. Let the one who desires everlasting life receive it freely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:17 r430 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism καὶ ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω; ὁ θέλων λαβέτω ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν 1 These two sentences mean basically the same thing. John is speaking in something like Hebrew poetry, which was based on this kind of repetition. It would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if such repetition would not be natural in your language, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is thirsting come, yes, let the one desiring take the water of life freely” or “Let the one who wants to have everlasting life come, yes, let the one who desires everlasting life receive it freely” +22:18 d95j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐγὼ 1 The pronoun **I** refers to John. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “I, John,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +22:18 s36m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀκούοντι τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου & ἐπ’ αὐτά 1 John is using the term **words** to mean what he has written about in **this book** by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy I have written about in this book … to what I have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +22:18 r431 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰς γεγραμμένας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have written about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +22:19 d4sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ βιβλίου τῆς προφητείας ταύτης 1 John is using the term **words** to mean what he has written about in **this book** by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy I have written about in this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +22:19 r471 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **the tree of life**. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the Book of Life.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +22:19 r432 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν γεγραμμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have written about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +22:20 y9p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν ταῦτα 1 John assumes that his readers will understand that by **the one testifying** he means Jesus. You could say that explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who testifies these things,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +22:20 r433 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ἀμήν 1 See how you translated the term **Amen** in [1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +22:21 r434 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ μετὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus be gracious to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])